Distribution Annual Planning Report
Transcription
Distribution Annual Planning Report
Distribution Annual Planning Report 2014 DAPR Endeavour Energy December 2014 DISCLAIMER Endeavour Energy is registered as a Distribution Network Service Provider. This Distribution Annual Planning Report (DAPR) 2014 has been prepared and published by Endeavour Energy under clause 5.13.2 and 5.12.2 of the National Electricity Rules to notify Registered Participants and Interested Parties of the results of the distribution network annual planning review and should only be used for those purposes. In all cases, anyone proposing to rely on or use the information in this document should independently verify and check the accuracy, completeness, reliability and suitability of that information for their own purposes. Accordingly, Endeavour Energy makes no representations or warranty as to the accuracy, reliability, completeness or suitability for particular purposes of the information in this document. Persons reading or utilising this document acknowledge that Endeavour Energy and their employees, agents and consultants shall have no liability (including liability to any person by reason of negligence or negligent misstatement) for any statements, opinions, information or matter (expressed or implied) arising out of, contained in or derived from, or for any omissions from, the information in this document, except insofar as liability under any New South Wales and Commonwealth statute cannot be excluded. Contact For all enquiries regarding the Distribution Annual Planning Report 2014 and for making written submissions contact: Endeavour Energy Manager – Asset and Network Planning GPO Box 811 Seven Hills NSW 1730 Email: [email protected] CONTENTS 1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ..................................................................................................... 1 2.0 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 2 2.1 ABOUT ENDEAVOUR ENERGY .................................................................................................... 2 2.1.1 OUR OBJECTIVES ............................................................................................................. 2 2.1.2 OUR VALUES ..................................................................................................................... 3 2.1.3 OUR PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................ 3 2.1.4 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................................ 3 2.1.5 ENDEAVOUR ENERGY STATISTICS................................................................................. 5 2.2 ENDEAVOUR ENERGY NETWORK .............................................................................................. 5 2.2.1 NUMBER AND TYPES OF DISTRIBUTION ASSETS ......................................................... 6 2.3 ANNUAL PLANNING REVIEW ....................................................................................................... 7 2.3.1 NETWORK PLANNING PROCESS..................................................................................... 7 2.4 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES FROM PREVIOUS DAPR ..................................................................... 9 2.4.1 ANALYSIS AND EXPLANATION OF FORECAST CHANGES ........................................... 9 2.4.2 ANALYSIS AND EXPLANATION OF CHANGES IN PLANNING PROCESS ..................... 9 3.0 FORECASTS FOR THE FORWARD PLANNING PERIOD .............................................. 10 3.1 FORECASTING METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................... 11 3.1.1 FORECAST INPUT INFORMATION SOURCES ............................................................... 11 3.1.2 ASSUMPTIONS APPLIED TO FORECASTS .................................................................... 11 3.2 DEMAND FORECASTS................................................................................................................ 11 3.2.1 BAULKHAM HILLS TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ....................................................... 13 3.2.2 BELLAMBI TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION .................................................................... 16 3.2.3 BLACKTOWN TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ............................................................... 19 3.2.4 CAMELLIA TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION .................................................................... 22 3.2.5 CARLINGFORD TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION............................................................. 25 3.2.6 DAPTO BULK SUPPLY POINT......................................................................................... 28 3.2.7 FAIRFAX LANE TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ............................................................. 31 3.2.8 GUILDFORD TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION.................................................................. 34 3.2.9 HAWKESBURY TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ............................................................. 37 3.2.10 HOLROYD BULK SUPPLY POINT ................................................................................... 40 3.2.11 ILFORD TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ......................................................................... 43 3.2.12 INGLEBURN BULK SUPPLY POINT ................................................................................ 46 3.2.13 KATOOMBA NORTH TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION .................................................... 49 3.2.14 LAWSON TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ....................................................................... 52 3.2.15 LIVERPOOL TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION .................................................................. 55 3.2.16 LIVERPOOL BULK SUPPLY POINT ................................................................................ 58 3.2.17 MACARTHUR BULK SUPPLY POINT .............................................................................. 61 i | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.18 MT DRUITT TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION.................................................................... 65 3.2.19 MOUNT PIPER BULK SUPPLY POINT ............................................................................ 68 3.2.20 MOUNT TERRY TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ............................................................. 71 3.2.21 NEPEAN TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ........................................................................ 74 3.2.22 OUTER HARBOUR TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ....................................................... 78 3.2.23 PENRITH TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ....................................................................... 81 3.2.24 REGENTVILLE BULK SUPPLY POINT ............................................................................ 84 3.2.25 SHOALHAVEN TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION .............................................................. 87 3.2.26 SPRINGHILL TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ................................................................. 90 3.2.27 SYDNEY NORTH BULK SUPPLY POINT ......................................................................... 93 3.2.28 SYDNEY WEST BULK SUPPLY POINT ........................................................................... 96 3.2.29 VINEYARD BULK SUPPLY POINT ................................................................................. 100 3.2.30 WALLERAWANG BULK SUPPLY POINT ...................................................................... 103 3.2.31 WARRIMOO TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ................................................................ 107 3.2.32 WEST LIVERPOOL TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION ..................................................... 110 3.2.33 WEST TOMERONG TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION..................................................... 113 3.2.34 WEST WETHERILL PARK TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION .......................................... 116 3.3 FORECAST OF RELIABILITY TARGET PERFORMANCE ........................................................ 119 3.4 OTHER FACTORS WHICH HAVE A MATERIAL IMPACT ON THE NETWORK ....................... 121 3.4.1 FAULT LEVELS .............................................................................................................. 121 3.4.2 VOLTAGE LEVELS ......................................................................................................... 121 3.4.3 POWER SYSTEM SECURITY REQUIREMENTS ........................................................... 121 3.4.4 QUALITY OF SUPPLY .................................................................................................... 121 3.4.5 AGEING ASSETS ........................................................................................................... 121 3.4.6 POTENTIALLY UNRELIABLE ASSETS ......................................................................... 123 4.0 IDENTIFIED SYSTEM LIMITATIONS ............................................................................. 124 4.1 NOTES ON INDICATIVE NETWORK SOLUTIONS .................................................................... 124 4.2 TRANSMISSION AND ZONE SUBSTATIONS ........................................................................... 125 4.3 SUB-TRANSMISSION FEEDERS............................................................................................... 131 4.4 PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION FEEDERS ........................................................................................ 136 5.0 NETWORK INVESTMENT .............................................................................................. 142 5.1 RIT-D’S COMPLETED OR IN PROGRESS ................................................................................ 142 5.2 UPCOMING RIT-D’S FOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS ................................................................... 143 5.3 COMMITTED INVESTMENTS .................................................................................................... 144 5.3.1 REFURBISHMENT AND REPLACEMENT INVESTMENTS ........................................... 144 5.3.2 URGENT AND UNFORSEEN INVESTMENTS ................................................................ 147 6.0 JOINT PLANNING .......................................................................................................... 148 6.1 JOINT PLANNING WITH TRANSGRID ...................................................................................... 148 ii | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 6.1.1 PROCESS & METHODOLOGY....................................................................................... 148 6.1.2 DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENTS ................................................................................ 149 6.1.3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 149 6.2 JOINT PLANNING WITH OTHER DNSP .................................................................................... 149 6.2.1 PROCESS & METHODOLOGY....................................................................................... 150 6.2.2 JOINT DNSP PLANNING COMPLETED IN PRECEEDING YEAR ................................. 150 6.2.3 PLANNED DNSP JOINT NETWORK INVESTMENTS .................................................... 150 6.2.4 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 150 7.0 NETWORK PERFORMANCE ......................................................................................... 151 7.1 NETWORK RELIABILITY ........................................................................................................... 151 7.2 NETWORK QUALITY OF SUPPLY ............................................................................................ 152 7.2.1 NETWORK QUALITY OF SUPPLY CORRECTIVE ACTION .......................................... 152 7.3 COMPLIANCE PROCESSES ..................................................................................................... 153 7.4 SERVICE TARGET PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE SCHEME SUBMISSION ............................. 153 8.0 ASSET MANAGEMENT.................................................................................................. 154 8.1 ENDEAVOUR ENERGY’S ASSET MANAGEMENT APPROACH.............................................. 154 8.1.1 NETWORK STANDARDS ............................................................................................... 154 8.1.2 ASSET RENEWAL .......................................................................................................... 154 8.1.3 OPTIMISING THE UTILISATION OF THE NETWORK ASSETS .................................... 155 8.1.4 FUTURE PROOFING THE NETWORK ........................................................................... 155 8.1.5 CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT .......................................................................................... 155 8.2 DEMAND MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................... 156 8.2.1 STRATEGIC ASSET MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................. 156 8.3 NETWORK ISSUES IMPACTING IDENTIFIED SYSTEM LIMITATIONS ................................... 157 8.3.1 ASSET RATINGS ............................................................................................................ 157 8.3.2 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) ....................................................................................... 157 8.3.3 FUTURE IMPACTS OF BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS .............................. 158 8.3.4 ELECTRIC VEHICLES .................................................................................................... 158 8.3.5 OBTAINING FURTHER INFORMATION ON ENDEAVOUR ENERGY’S ASSET MANAGEMENT APPROACH ..................................................................................................... 159 9.0 DEMAND MANAGEMENT .............................................................................................. 160 9.1 DEMAND MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES IN THE PRECEDING YEAR ........................................ 160 9.1.1 SCREENING FOR NON-NETWORK OPTIONS .............................................................. 161 9.2 DETAILS OF IMPLEMENTED NON-NETWORK PROGRAMS .................................................. 162 9.3 PROMOTION OF NON-NETWORK OPTIONS ........................................................................... 162 9.3.1 SUMMARY OF NON-NETWORK OPTIONS REPORTS ................................................. 162 9.3.2 SUMMARY OF DRAFT PROJECT ASSESSMENT REPORTS....................................... 162 9.3.3 SUMMARY OF FINAL PROJECT ASSESSMENT REPORTS ........................................ 162 iii | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 9.4 PLANS FOR DEMAND MANAGEMENT AND EMBEDDED GENERATION .............................. 162 10.0 INVESTMENTS IN METERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY.......................... 164 10.1 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ................................................................................................. 164 10.2 METERING ................................................................................................................................. 165 11.0 REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLANS ............................................................................ 166 11.1 ENDEAVOUR ENERGY REGIONAL NETWORK MAPS............................................................ 166 12.0 GLOSSARY .................................................................................................................... 173 iv | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY As a state-owned corporation Endeavour Energy is an electricity Distribution Network Service Provider (DNSP) that develops, owns, operates and maintains electricity distribution assets in NSW. On 11 October 2012 the Australian Energy Market Commission (AEMC) amended the National Electricity Rules (NER) to establish a national Distribution Network Planning and Expansion Framework which is applicable to all DNSPs operating in the national electricity market. Commencing on 1 January 2013, this Rule requires all registered DNSPs to: Conduct an annual planning review and publish a Distribution Annual Planning Report (DAPR); Conduct economic assessments of potential project options under a new regulatory investment test for distribution (RIT-D), and Implement a Demand Side Engagement Strategy to consult with and engage non-network providers in the development and evaluation of potential solutions to identified network needs. It is required that the annual planning review includes the planning for all assets and activities carried out by Endeavour Energy that would materially affect the performance of its network. This includes planning activities associated with replacement and refurbishment of assets and negotiated services. The objective of the annual planning review is to identify possible future issues that could negatively affect the performance of the distribution network to enable DNSPs to plan for and adequately address such issues in a sufficient timeframe. The outcome of the annual planning review is the Distribution Annual Planning Report (DAPR). Endeavour Energy is required to prepare and publish a DAPR that is compliant with the requirements of National Electricity Rules Schedule S5.8 Distribution Annual Reporting Requirements to: Provide transparency to Endeavour Energy’s decision making processes and provide a level playing field for all stakeholders in the national electricity market in terms of attracting investment and promoting efficient decisions; Include information associated with all parts of the planning process including forecasting, identification of network limitations and the development of credible options to address network constraints; To give third parties the opportunity to offer alternative proposals to alleviate constraints. These proposals may include non-network options such as demand management or embedded generation solutions. Set out the results of Endeavour Energy’s annual planning review, including joint planning, covering a minimum five year forward planning period for distribution assets; Inform registered participants and interested parties of the annual planning review outcomes including network capacity and load forecasts for sub-transmission lines, zone substations and transmission-distribution connection points and any 11kV primary distribution feeders which are constrained or are forecast to be constrained within the next two years; Provide information on Endeavour Energy 's demand management activities and actions taken to promote non-network initiatives each year including plans for demand management and embedded generation over the forward planning period; and Assist non-network providers, TNSPs, other DNSPs and connection applicants to make efficient investment decisions. The DAPR covers a minimum five year forward planning period for distribution network sub-transmission assets. 1 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2.0 INTRODUCTION This DAPR has been prepared to comply with National Electricity Rules (NER) clause 5.13.2. With a five year forward planning horizon, the 2014/15 to 2018/19 DAPR is the second DAPR to be published by Endeavour Energy. It reflects the outcomes of the annual planning review of the Endeavour Energy network. The aim of the document is to inform network participants and stakeholder groups of the proposed development of the Endeavour Energy network, including potential opportunities for nonnetwork solutions particularly for large investments where the AER Regulatory Investment Test for Distribution (RIT-D) applies. 2.1 ABOUT ENDEAVOUR ENERGY Endeavour Energy is a State Owned Corporation subject to a number of statutory and legislative requirements corporation serving some of Australia’s largest and fastest growing regional economies. Our Board has overall responsibility for corporate governance at Endeavour Energy. Endeavour Energy manages a $5.31 billion electricity distribution network for 922,205 customers, or 2.2 million people, in households and businesses across a network area spanning 24,500 square kilometres in Sydney’s Greater West, the Illawarra and South Coast, the Blue Mountains, the Southern Highlands and Shoalhaven. Endeavour Energy is incorporated under the Energy Services Corporations Act 1995 and operates within the terms of the Electricity Supply Act 1995 on behalf of our shareholder, the New South Wales Government. The focus of our 2,533 people is to deliver a safe, reliable and efficient electricity supply to our residential and business customers while delivering strong financial results to our shareholder. We are committed to making a serious and sincere effort to deliver better value for customers by reducing our operating costs without compromising safety or services 2.1.1 OUR OBJECTIVES In common with the other NSW electricity distribution companies, Endeavour Energy’s purpose statement is described within the Networks NSW 2013/14 Group Strategic Plan as: To be of service to our communities by efficiently distributing electricity to our customers in a way that is safe, reliable and sustainable. This statement communicates an internal focus on providing a safe, reliable and affordable electricity supply to the communities we serve. The Group Strategic Plan is supported in the achievement of this purpose by seven strategic plans that outline the desired outcomes in the following key areas of business operations and the key short term initiatives for Networks NSW that will deliver the desired outcomes in the long term. Improve safety performance Deliver the network plan Improve customer value Leverage technology Manage business risk Deliver performance through people Achieve the financial plan Endeavour Energy’s Network Strategy supports the overall Group Strategic Plan and plans that have been developed to deliver these objectives with a particular focus on four priorities. Ensuring the safety of employees, contractors and the public Meeting customers’ reliability needs Servicing growth in demand Managing the network efficiently and sustainably In particular, the Network Strategy describes how the priorities drive the short and long term planning of network investment to achieve the overall objective of controlling increases in our share of customer bills to no more than the rate of increase in the Consumer Price Index. The strategy is effected through the plans and programs developed using Endeavour Energy’s network planning and management framework. The framework is embedded in a range of internal procedures, plans, standards and policy documents and managed by the Executive Network Asset Management Committee (ENAMC) chaired by the General Manager Network Operations. Endorsement of the funding 2 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 required to implement agreed plans and programs is provided by the Endeavour Energy Investment Governance Committee (IGC) followed by technical and financial endorsement by Networks NSW investment governance committees prior to be submitted for approval. Significant resources are devoted to ensuring timely, relevant and thorough data and information is available to support decisions. For example, Endeavour Energy maintains detailed asset age, location and condition data across the Geographic Information System, Field Inspection System, Asset Management System and Outage Management System. Endeavour Energy also monitors the relationship between planned service performance targets and service outcomes. Endeavour Energy’s Network Planning process is highly consultative and transparent. Formal network plans are developed annually through an extensive process culminating in the development of the annual Strategic Asset Management Plan (SAMP) and Endeavour Energy’s Network Management Plan. 2.1.2 OUR VALUES Endeavour Energy employees are required to understand and support the Company’s corporate values. These five values and their associated behaviours are the basis for everything the Company does. Safety Excellence Put safety as your number one priority Do not participate in unsafe acts, and challenge unsafe behaviours Think before you act Lead by example Take responsibility for the health and safety of yourself and others Respect For People Treat all people with respect, dignity, fairness and equity Demonstrate co-operation, trust and support in the workplace Practise open, two-way communication Customer and Community Focus Deliver value and reliable service to our customers and communities Use resources responsibly and efficiently Be environmentally and socially responsible Continuous Improvement Look for safer and better ways to do your job Improve our financial performance Support innovation to add value to our business Act With Integrity 2.1.3 Act honestly and ethically in everything you do Be accountable and own your actions Follow the rules and speak up OUR PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES Endeavour Energy’s principal activities include: The ownership and management of assets which make up the electricity distribution network Infrastructure related construction and maintenance services A range of other services including street lighting, customer connections, customer safety checkups and energy reviews and metering 2.1.4 OPERATING ENVIRONMENT Endeavour Energy is regulated by statutory and legislative requirements including work health & safety (WH&S), environmental, competition, industrial, consumer protection and information laws, the National Electricity Rules, the NSW Electricity Supply Act 1995, the Energy Services Corporations Act, and a NSW Distribution Network Service Provider licence. Endeavour Energy ensures compliance with these laws and regulations through its internal codes and policies and a common control framework that 3 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 comprises plans, policies, procedures, delegations, instruction and training, audits of compliance, and risk management. In 2012 the NSW Government announced plans to reform the three NSW electricity network companies – Endeavour Energy, Ausgrid and Essential Energy – to generate $400 million in efficiencies over four years to fund its energy rebate scheme for low income households and families. Endeavour Energy, Ausgrid and Essential Energy continue to operate as separate legal entities but are managed by a joint Board of Directors and common Chief Executive Officer (CEO). The three network companies operate under a shared Group management model known as Networks NSW. Each business remains focused on the objectives of the State Owned Corporations Act, including: Operating a safe, reliable and sustainable network Operating at least as efficiently as any comparable privately owned business Maximising the value of the company to the State Balancing commercial, social, environmental and customer expectations Networks NSW consists of a shared Group management structure. The Executive Leadership Group (ELG) includes the CEO, Group Executive Managers, the Chief Operating Officer from each network company and the Board Secretary. The CEO reports to the joint Board, which in turn is accountable to the two voting shareholders, the NSW Treasurer and the NSW Minister for Finance, who each hold one share in each of the three businesses for and on behalf of the NSW Government. The Portfolio Minister of each of the network companies is the NSW Minister for Energy. The joint Board is responsible for setting the overall strategic direction and performance targets, and monitoring the implementation of the strategy by the three organisations. The CEO leads the ELG in delivering the approved strategy and achieving the performance targets set by the joint Board. Endeavour Energy is subject to the National Electricity Law (NEL) and National Electricity Rules (NER) which regulate the National Electricity Market. As a NSW Statutory State Owned Corporation and NSW Energy Services Corporation, Endeavour Energy is generally subject to the statutory and other legal requirements applied to all businesses in NSW. Endeavour Energy operates in the National Electricity Market (NEM) as a distribution network provider (DNSP). Endeavour Energy is also required to follow government and regulatory direction. Locally the NSW Government Investment & Industry NSW department mandates the network Reliability and Performance Licence Conditions. The Independent Pricing and Regulatory Tribunal (IPART - Electricity) is responsible for administering licensing within the energy industry and monitoring compliance with licence requirements. The Australian Energy Regulator (AER) is the economic regulator of the distribution and transmission sectors of the national electricity market under the National Electricity Laws and National Electricity Rules. Endeavour Energy’s operations are guided by a number of important policies and codes, including a Code of Conduct, Safety Policy, Environmental Code of Conduct and Policy and Statement of Business Ethics. 4 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2.1.5 ENDEAVOUR ENERGY STATISTICS Presented in Table 1 is a summary of Endeavour Energy’s network and other statistics. Distribution Customer Numbers (total) Distribution Customer Numbers Northern Region Distribution Customer Numbers Central Region Distribution Customer Numbers Southern Region Maximum Demand (aggregated system MW) Feeder Numbers CBD Feeder Numbers Urban Feeder Numbers Short Rural Feeder Numbers Long Rural Energy Received by Distribution Network to Year End (GWh) Energy Distributed to Year End (Residential) (GWh) Energy Distributed to Year End (Non-Residential Including un-metered supplies) (GWh) Energy Distributed to Year End (GWh) System Loss Factor (%) Transmission System (km) Transmission Substation (Number) Sub Transmission System (km) Substation - Zone (Number) Substation - Distribution (Number) High Voltage Overhead (km) High Voltage Underground (km) Low Voltage Overhead (km) Low Voltage Underground (km) Number at end of 2012/13 907,988 403,709 318,690 185,589 3,708 0 1,139 235 1 16,694 5,367 10,634 16,001 4.15 0 0 3,532 162 30,683 11,326 4,055 8,853 7,262 Number at end of 2013/14 922,205 410,305 324,245 187,655 3,253 0 1,211 244 1 16,281 5,147 10,490 15,637 3.96 0 0 3,561 170 31,068 11,314 4,264 8,850 7,498 Table 1: Endeavour Energy statistics 2.2 ENDEAVOUR ENERGY NETWORK Endeavour Energy’s network services more than 2.2 million people with a broad-ranging customer base covering rural, urban, residential, industrial and commercial customers, including mining, manufacturing and agricultural industries. Endeavour Energy operates one of the largest electricity networks in Australia with more than 60 years’ experience in delivering a safe and reliable power supply. In 2013/14, Endeavour Energy’s network supplied 16,281 GWh of electricity to 922,205 network customers. It had 2,533 staff members over 19 locations across the franchise area. Endeavour Energy’s distribution area, shown below, covers an area of 24,500 square kilometres and includes some of the most densely populated and fastest growing areas of NSW. It also supplies customers in Sydney’s Greater West, the Illawarra, as far north as the Kandos and as far south as Ulladulla, including the Southern Highlands and the Blue Mountains. 5 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Figure 1: Endeavour Energy’s network area 2.2.1 NUMBER AND TYPES OF DISTRIBUTION ASSETS Most of Endeavour Energy’s supply of electricity is taken from the generation source through TransGrid’s transmission network at 132kV and 66kV. Once the energy is transferred into the Endeavour Energy network, the voltage is transformed through 22 sub-transmission and 162 zone substations and distributed to customers through a 22kV/11kV/12.7kV High Voltage network. Distribution substations further reduce the voltage to supply customers with a 230V nominal low voltage supply to comply with Australian Standards. Endeavour Energy’s distribution network includes: A sub-transmission system of 33kV, 66kV and 132kV assets A high voltage distribution system of 11kV, 22kV and SWER assets A low voltage distribution system of 230V and 400V assets Over 32,028 km of overhead lines and underground cables The elements that make up the electricity network are highlighted in Figure 2 below. The Transmission network is between the output of the Power Station and the Bulk Supply Point. The distribution network generally commences at the output of the Bulk Supply Point and includes the entire network to the connection point at the customer’s premises. 6 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Figure 2: Network layout diagram 2.3 ANNUAL PLANNING REVIEW The NER requires that the annual planning review includes the planning for all assets and activities carried out by Endeavour Energy that would materially affect the performance of its network. This includes planning activities associated with the replacement and refurbishment of assets and negotiated services. The objective of the annual planning review is to identify possible future issues that could negatively affect the performance of the distribution network to enable DNSPs to plan for and adequately address such issues in an appropriate timeframe. The outcome of the annual planning review is the Distribution Annual Planning Report (DAPR). This DAPR provides an insight into the planning process as well as providing information to Registered Participants and interested parties regarding the nature and location of emerging constraints within Endeavour Energy’s sub-transmission and 22kV and 11kV distribution network. The timely identification and publication of emerging network constraints provides an opportunity for the market to identify potential non-network solutions to those constraints and allows Endeavour Energy to develop and implement appropriate and timely solutions. 2.3.1 NETWORK PLANNING PROCESS The network planning and development process for the distribution network is carried out in accordance with the National Electricity Rules Chapter 5 Part B Network Planning and Expansion. Endeavour Energy operates in accordance with the legislative and regulatory framework applicable to electricity Distribution Network Service Providers (DNSPs) in NSW. Each year, Endeavour Energy prepares and publishes a Network Management Plan (NMP) outlining the approach to network safety and reliability, including the network planning framework and preparation of the Strategic Asset Management Plan (SAMP). Endeavour Energy is committed to the principles of the NSW Government’s Total Asset Management (TAM) System and believes that the Company’s asset planning procedures are consistent with the TAM guidelines. The consistency of the Company’s asset planning procedures to the TAM model is demonstrated in the NMP, and is shown diagrammatically below. 7 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Figure 3: Network planning process Endeavour Energy carries out network planning at both a strategic and a project level and shares an investment governance framework with the other NSW DNSPs as part of the group company Networks NSW. Endeavour Energy’s investment governance process provides continuous review and ongoing assurance that the Company’s capital investment is both prudent and efficient as well as being consistent with the longer term strategic planning objectives. Endeavour Energy’s planning process is designed to identify the most efficient ways of ensuring the network business meets its network performance obligations. The Company places great emphasis on the planning and project identification stage, assessing our customer’s short term and longer term supply needs and then identifying and selecting the optimal solution, to meet those needs. All credible potential options, including non-network and non-capital alternatives, are considered in determining how best to meet our network performance obligations and the objectives of the National Electricity Law. There is a robust selection process that explicitly trades off alternative expenditure options using quantified estimates of credible option costs and benefits to identify the optimum solution to address network constraints. In accordance with NER obligations, network augmentation and non-network (demand management) options are assessed impartially, using a consistent process for reviewing cost effectiveness. Demand management options are evaluated for the extent to which they can enable a network augmentation need to be avoided or deferred. This allows various combinations of demand management and deferred augmentation options to be assessed. It is noted that the Director General of Industry and Investments NSW has withdrawn the NSW Demand Management Code of Practice. The requirement to consider demand management and non-network option solutions when considering how to address identified network needs are now included in the NER, Chapter 5 Part B, Network Planning and Expansion. The first stage of the planning process involves gathering data required to inform the investment process. This includes: recorded actual electricity demand; the preparation of demand forecasts; the examination of network capacity limits; the assessment of asset condition; the forecast of new customer connection requirements and the consideration of applicable statutory and regulatory obligations. The forecast adequacy of the network is assessed against key criteria which include: 8 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Meeting statutory and regulatory requirements relating to the safe operation of the network and to environmental impact Addressing capacity constraints to achieve a level of supply security commensurate with reasonable customer expectations Reliability performance against the reliability performance standards set out in the Licence Conditions Asset condition Customer connection requirements When emerging network limitations are identified, a range of feasible options are developed to address the network need and to ensure supply security levels that maintain a reliable and sustainable supply. Options considered include both network and non-network solutions. A review including public consultation with interested stakeholders then selects the most economic option (or options). Each major investment is required to be consistent with Endeavour Energy’s longer term network plans and network standards and the National Electricity Objective. This document forms part of the public consultation and provides notification of the network limitations. It also indicates the required timeframe to resolve the limitations to allow for appropriate corrective network augmentation or non-network alternatives or modifications to connection facilities to be developed and undertaken. Endeavour Energy’s network planning approach is outlined in the Network Management Plan and is consistent with the principles of the NSW Government’s Total Asset Management system. Endeavour Energy is required to comply with service standards in the Reliability and Performance licence conditions imposed by the NSW Minister for Energy. The supply security standards set out in Schedule 1 of the Licence Conditions have been repealed by the Minister for Energy and the changes will take effect on 1 July 2014. Reliability Standards in Schedules 2 and 3 of the Licence Conditions remain in place, as well as a corporate objective to maintain existing levels of reliability performance. As such, for future network investment, the level of supply security provided will be subject to the outcomes of a reliability risk and cost benefit analysis specific to that situation, rather than compliance to mandated minimum supply security levels. Capital investment requirements in the distribution network are forecast in line with network needs and constraints across the network area. The spatial demand forecast is a critical process which supports the planning and, development of the capital program. The forecasting process is carried out twice a year and is a critical input into the planning process to identify and understand the limitations on the network. The summer and winter loading conditions are analysed as understanding the seasonal variations as these are important in identifying optimal solutions. 2.4 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES FROM PREVIOUS DAPR There are no significant changes to the DAPR report. 2.4.1 ANALYSIS AND EXPLANATION OF FORECAST CHANGES Future DAPRs will discuss any significant changes which have occurred to forecasts contained in this DAPR. 2.4.2 ANALYSIS AND EXPLANATION OF CHANGES IN PLANNING PROCESS Future DAPRs will discuss as required any: Significant changes to proposed solutions (network or non-network) to address system limitations, project timing, deferral, and cancellation Significant changes (including timing, deferral and cancellation) to proposed replacement projects >$5m Significant changes (including timing, deferral and cancellation) to proposed RIT-Ds 9 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.0 FORECASTS FOR THE FORWARD PLANNING PERIOD This section summarises the peak demand conditions experienced during the previous summer and winter, and provides a detailed breakdown of the peak demand forecast by season for the 2014 – 2018 period. The peak demand forecasts provide Endeavour Energy with the basis for identifying network limitations and commencing the RIT-D process of identifying and evaluating the credible network and non-network options to address those limitations. It also feeds into the strategic asset management plan (SAMP) which documents the capital and operating investment expected to be required for the next rolling ten year periods. Endeavour Energy’s Network System demand for the 2013/14 summer peaked at 3,253 megawatts (MW) at 3:45 pm on Friday 20 December 2013. The maximum temperature at Richmond was recorded at 39.1ºC. The peak demand for 2014 summer was a reduction of 454 MW compared to that of 3,708 MW measured for the previous summer of 2013 with the record breaking maximum temperature of 46.0ºC at Richmond. This reduction of peak demand in 2014 was largely attributed to decreased usage of air conditioning loads for the relatively mild 2014 summer. Figure 4 shows the time series of the daily maximum temperatures at Richmond and the peak demands on the EE network and NSW during the 2014 summer peak demand period. EE peak demand and maximum NSW daily peak demand for the 2014 summer occurred on the same day of 20 December 2013. 50 11.9GW 14 12 45 40 10 6 30 4 25 EE 29 Dec 28 Dec 27 Dec 26 Dec 25 Dec 24 Dec 23 Dec 22 Dec 21 Dec 19 Dec 18 Dec 17 Dec 16 Dec 15 Dec 14 Dec 13 Dec 12 Dec 15 11 Dec 0 10 Dec 20 9 Dec 2 NSW Richmond Max Temperature (°C) 35 3.2GW 8 20 Dec Peak Demand (GW) 39.1°C Temperature Figure 4: Endeavour Energy and NSW peak demand and temperature – 13/14 summer In general, the EE and NSW peak demands in summer follow the variations of daily maximum temperature. However, the day of hottest temperature does not always result in maximum demand. While temperature has a highly significant influence on the peak demand, a number of other factors can make an impact including: day of the week (weekend/weekday), time of day, public and school holidays, wind (speed, direction and timing), persistent hot or cold spells, user behaviours and economic conditions. 10 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.1 FORECASTING METHODOLOGY Peak demand forecasts are made for the summer and winter season. Summer is defined as the five month period between November and March while winter consists of the four month period from May to August. The forecast method is based on a bottom-up approach and provides maximum MVA, MW and MVAr loads and the Power Factor expected for the summer and winter peak periods. The forecasts are prepared for each zone substation and major customer substation, for each transmission substation, for TransGrid’s Bulk Supply Points (BSPs) that supply Endeavour Energy’s network and for the Endeavour Energy network as a whole. The forecasts consider planned load transfers, expected spot loads, land releases and re-development in the area under consideration. Loads supplied by generation embedded in the network are incorporated into the calculation of the maximum demand forecasts. Peak demand forecast accounts for the total growth from the existing customers as well as the new customers. The forecasting process can be divided into two major steps. The first step is to estimate the organic growth at the zone substation which specifies the internal growth from its existing customers likely to be experienced over the forecast period. For summer, it is calculated by the known current and projected penetration rates of air conditioners and the percentage of residential peak load at the zone substation. This organic growth at the zone substation is used to establish the base level of the 10-year forecast. For winter, the organic growth at zone substations is assumed to be flat with zero growth. Historical (past actual) and forecast peak demands are corrected to reference temperatures to provide Temperature Corrected Maximum Demand (TCMD) values. TCMD is an estimate of the peak demand that is expected under the reference conditions. TCMD values are given with a 10% and 50% Probability of Exceedance (PoE) to reflect the probability that the forecast values will be exceeded due to higher or lower than reference temperatures and other factors. The forecasts for transmission substations, bulk supply points and for the Endeavour Energy network as a whole aggregate the constituent maximum demand figures to provide an undiversified total maximum demand figure. Diversified values of maximum demand are calculated from the undiversified values by application of a diversification factor derived from historical data. Historical values of actual diversified demand are provided where suitable metering is available. For Endeavour Energy’s forecasting purposes, the most important days are those with the highest demand. The summer demand is most likely to peak on weekdays correlating with maximum temperatures, while in winter demand generally peaks on weekdays at 6pm. The temperature at 6pm is used for the winter reference temperature. 3.1.1 FORECAST INPUT INFORMATION SOURCES Demand and temperature data is sourced from Endeavour Energy’s Network Load History (NLH) database. Data from the SCADA system is used as a substitute where gaps existed in the metering data available from NLH. Where neither metering nor SCADA data is available, current flow is read from the current transformers on individual circuit breakers. 3.1.2 ASSUMPTIONS APPLIED TO FORECASTS The following Probability of Exceedence (PoE) parameters are adopted: 1 in 10 year event (corresponds to 10% PoE) 1 in 2 year event (corresponds to 50% PoE) A 10% PoE figure is estimated to be exceeded only once in every ten seasons on average whilst a 50% PoE figure is likely to be exceeded once every two years on average. 3.2 DEMAND FORECASTS Limitation refers to whether the substation is limited to N-1 or N by its configuration. Small or temporary substations may operate in a non-secure manner and, these are marked as limited to N. Generally these have maximum demands of less than 10MVA. The substation total capacity is the maximum load able to be carried by the substation with all elements in service. 11 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 The secure capacity of a substation is the capacity with one major element (such as a power transformer) out of service. This is often referred to as its “Firm” or N-1 rating. Transmission substations are considered to be constrained when the load exceeds the secure capacity. Suburban zone substations are considered to be constrained when the demand exceeds the secure capacity by more than 1% of the year annually (88 hrs) or when the load is greater than 120% of the secure capacity. The exception are substations whose rating is limited by underground feeders or where exceeding secure capacity will result in the thermal rating of apparatus being exceeded in its normal configuration. In these situations, the load may not exceed the secure capacity of the substation. The voltage levels of Endeavour Energy’s sub-transmission substations (termed “Transmission substations”) are nominally 132kV on the primary and either 66kV or 33kV on the secondary. The voltage levels of our Endeavour Energy’s zone substations are nominally 132kV, 66kV or 33kV on the primary and 11kV, 22kV on the secondary. The forecast is prepared as soon as possible after the end of each peak season. The zone substation rating changes have only been included where the associated project which is influencing the rating has been given approval and are committed at the date of preparation of the forecast. The forecast power factor readings correspond to the power factor at time of peak load. A dash in this field indicates that the particular transformer was either not commissioned at the time of measurement or is normally unloaded. Forecast demands for the sub-transmission feeder network are based on its ‘N’ rating, summer or winter, and the ‘N-1’ loading, that is, the worst condition load that would appear on the feeder with an adjacent feeder out of service compared to the thermal rating of the smallest conductor or cable on that feeder. The ‘95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours)’ figure in the Transformer Rating and Substation Details table represents the number of hours the load is above the 95% level of actual peak demand. It is an indication of how peaky the load profile is which is important for designing an effective non-network option. The ‘Actual (MVA)’ figure that appears in the summer and winter demand forecast tables is not temperature corrected. It is the actual recorded load. The forecast loads are based on temperature corrected actuals. The ‘Embedded Generation’ figure that appears in the Transformer Rating and Substation Details table in each forecast area provides the estimated aggregate level of embedded generation connection to the network supplied from that substation. It includes residential and commercial PV and customer generation. Customer details are not provided due to privacy reasons. The summer 2014 period means the 2013/14 summer. The Transmission-distribution connection points are called Bulk Supply Pont (BSP) and are owned by TransGrid, the NSW transmission company. Endeavour Energy does not currently produce or report on sub-transmission feeder forecasts. Endeavour Energy evaluates the capability of its sub-transmission network on the basis of load flows modelling different contingencies and network operating configurations. The sub-transmission forecast tables in this document are desktop estimates derived from zone substation loading data and are based on an assumed operating configuration based on the present day network. The loads presented are indicative of the load on the stated feeder in the event of the most likely contingency. Hence, the subtransmission forecast tables should therefore be treated as indicative loading data in the event of a probable contingency event. Actual sub-transmission feeder constraints are identified from detailed load flow studies modelling several different contingency events and operating configurations. At the time of publication of this document it has not been possible to outline the load flow results in a meaningful way in the format required of the Distribution Annual Planning Report. 12 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.1 BAULKHAM HILLS TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.1.1 BAULKHAM HILLS TS CONNECTION POINTS Baulkham Hills TS is supplied by Sydney West BSP via Blacktown TS on feeders 9J3 and 9J4. This system has a firm rating for one circuit outage of 512 / 618MVA summer / winter based on the line ratings. The 2400A switchgear at Baulkham Hills TS limits the winter rating to 548 MVA. The Baulkham Hills 132kV busbar supplies the Baulkham Hills 132/11kV supply point and Carlingford TS. Baulkham Hills TS has four 60 MVA 132/33kV transformers, providing a firm capacity of 180MVA. Substation Jasper Rd ZS North Rocks ZS Northmead ZS Seven Hills ZS Westmead ZS Baulkham Hills TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 3 x 25 2 x 25 2 x 15 + 1 x 25 3 x 25 2 x 25 4 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 75 50 55 75 50 240 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 50 25 30 50 25 180 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 107.00 4.00 2.75 5.50 25.25 12.00 Embedded Generation (MW) 2.50 1.15 0.98 0.84 2.18 - Table 2: Baulkham Hills TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Jasper Road ZS North Rocks ZS Northmead ZS Seven Hills ZS Westmead ZS Baulkham Hills TS Forecast PF 0.960 0.993 0.987 0.984 0.994 0.995 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 0.960 36.5 0.993 19.4 0.987 23.5 0.984 31.3 0.994 23.7 0.995 141.8 2015 31.1 17.3 21.1 27.1 22.4 112.1 2016 32.7 18.4 23.8 27.4 22.8 110.7 Forecast (MVA) 2017 32.8 18.4 24.5 27.4 23.2 111.8 2018 32.9 18.5 25.0 27.4 23.3 112.5 2019 32.9 18.5 25.4 27.4 23.4 112.9 2014 26.3 15.6 19.3 28.2 21.0 118.1 2015 26.7 15.6 20.8 28.2 21.2 120.4 Forecast (MVA) 2016 26.7 15.6 21.2 28.2 21.3 120.9 2017 26.7 15.6 21.6 28.2 21.3 121.3 2018 26.7 15.6 21.8 28.2 21.3 121.6 Table 3: Baulkham Hills TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Jasper Road ZS North Rocks ZS Northmead ZS Seven Hills ZS Westmead ZS Baulkham Hills TS Forecast PF 0.986 0.999 0.993 0.993 0.989 0.987 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 28.5 25.4 16.1 14.8 21.2 17.5 27.7 28.2 17.9 18.6 152.1 115.3 Table 4: Baulkham Hills TS – winter demand forecast 13 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.1.2 BAULKHAM HILLS TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Baulkham Hills TS is at 33kV. Baulkham Hills TS is supplied by Sydney West Bulk Supply Point via 132kV feeders 9J3 and 9J4, Refer Sydney West BSP. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 470 Seven Hills – Marayong 473 TS – Tee 473 Tee – Kellyville 473 Tee – Marayong 469 TS – Jasper Rd 471 TS – Jasper Rd 484 TS – Jasper Rd 472 TS – North Rocks 480 TS – Tee 480A Northmead – North Rocks 480B Northmead – North Rocks 478 TS – Northmead 466 Northmead – Westmead 477 TS – Westmead 475 TS – Seven Hills 479 TS – Seven Hills 474 TS – Holroyd 34.0 32.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 36.2 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 46.0 46.0 44.0 46.0 46.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 20.0 17.9 9.7 17.9 9.2 31.1 31.1 17.3 33.3 17.3 32.4 32.4 22.4 22.4 27.1 27.1 29.2 Forecast (MVA) 2015 20.2 18.0 10.7 18.0 10.1 32.7 32.7 18.4 35.6 18.4 35.2 35.2 22.8 22.8 27.4 27.4 31.1 2016 20.2 18.0 10.7 18.0 10.2 32.8 32.8 18.4 36.1 18.4 36.1 36.1 23.2 23.2 27.4 27.4 31.2 2017 20.2 18.0 10.8 18.0 10.2 32.9 32.9 18.5 36.5 18.5 36.7 36.7 23.3 23.3 27.4 27.4 31.3 2018 20.2 18.0 10.8 18.0 10.2 32.9 32.9 18.5 36.8 18.5 37.1 37.1 23.4 23.4 27.4 27.4 31.4 2019 20.2 18.0 10.8 18.0 10.2 32.9 32.9 18.5 36.9 18.5 37.3 37.3 23.5 23.5 27.4 27.4 31.5 Table 5: Baulkham Hills TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 6: Baulkham Hills TS – identified limitations 14 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.1.3 BAULKHAM HILLS TS NETWORK MAP 15 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.2 BELLAMBI TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.2.1 BELLAMBI TS CONNECTION POINTS Bellambi Transmission Substation has three 60MVA 132/33kV transformers providing a firm capacity of 120 MVA. Bellambi Transmission Substation is supplied from TransGrid’s Dapto BSP via two 132kV feeders 980 & 981, which each have a rating of 163 / 176MVA summer / winter. Substation Bulli ZS Corrimal ZS Darkes Forest ZS Helensburgh ZS Mt Ousley ZS Russell Vale ZS Wombarra ZS Bellambi TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 10 2 x 19 2x5 2 x 12.5 2 x 35 2 x 10 + 1 x 25 2x5 3 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 20 38 10 25 70 45 10 180 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 10 19 5 12.5 35 20 5 120 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 2.75 2.00 1.75 10.00 7.50 3.00 4.00 2.50 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.37 1.55 0.00 0.60 1.02 1.42 0.66 - Table 7: Bellambi TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Bulli ZS Corrimal ZS Darkes Forest ZS Helensburgh ZS Mount Ousley ZS Russell Vale ZS Wombarra ZS Bellambi TS Forecast PF 0.960 0.998 0.874 0.998 0.970 0.962 0.967 0.997 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 10.6 8.3 17.8 14.6 1.0 0.8 11.4 9.3 18.8 16.8 16.2 11.2 4.4 4.5 75.8 63.5 2015 8.3 14.6 0.9 7.3 16.6 11.6 4.6 77.0 2016 8.4 14.9 0.9 7.3 17.2 12.3 4.9 78.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 8.6 15.1 0.9 7.3 17.3 12.3 4.9 79.3 2018 8.7 15.4 0.9 7.3 17.5 12.3 4.9 79.9 2019 8.9 15.7 0.9 7.3 17.7 12.3 4.9 80.4 2014 10.5 16.9 0.9 10.1 17.9 15.1 5.7 85.2 2015 10.5 17.2 0.9 10.1 18.5 15.6 5.7 86.5 Forecast (MVA) 2016 10.5 17.2 0.9 10.1 18.5 15.6 5.7 86.5 2017 10.5 17.2 0.9 10.1 18.5 15.6 5.7 86.5 2018 10.5 17.2 0.9 10.1 18.5 15.6 5.7 86.5 Table 8: Bellambi TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Bulli ZS Corrimal ZS Darkes Forest ZS Helensburgh ZS Mount Ousley ZS Russell Vale ZS Wombarra ZS Bellambi TS Forecast PF 0.990 0.998 0.941 0.998 0.900 0.982 0.980 0.991 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 10.8 10.5 16.1 16.9 1.6 0.9 14.2 12.1 19.0 17.2 12.7 15.0 6.5 5.4 80.7 85.4 Table 9: Bellambi TS – winter demand forecast 16 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.2.2 BELLAMBI TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Bellambi TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 7028 TS – Helensburgh 7253 Helensburgh – Darkes Forest 7252 Darkes Forest – Tee 7022 TS – Darkes Forest 7025 TS – Wombarra 7026 TS – Bulli 7027 TS – Russel Vale 7293 Bulli – Russel Vale 7029 TS – South Bulli SS 7291 South Bulli SS – Russel Vale 7292 Russel Vale – Corrimal 7030 TS – Corrimal 7112 North Wollongong – Corrimal 7121 North Wollongong – Mt Ousley 7021 TS – Mt Ousley 44.4 21.2 21.7 44.2 44.2 19.7 32.0 13.4 32.1 32.0 32.0 55.7 47.7 35.4 35.4 Actual (MVA) 2014 4.6 4.6 4.6 8.3 8.0 7.7 11.8 8.3 13.9 9.0 14.6 14.6 0.0 0.0 16.8 Forecast (MVA) 2015 3.7 3.7 3.7 7.3 7.0 10.8 16.7 8.3 17.1 9.3 14.6 14.6 5.5 5.5 16.6 2016 3.7 3.7 3.7 7.5 7.2 11.1 17.2 8.4 17.6 9.9 14.9 14.9 5.5 5.5 17.2 2017 3.7 3.7 3.7 7.5 7.2 11.2 17.3 8.6 17.7 9.9 15.1 15.1 5.5 5.5 17.3 2018 3.7 3.7 3.7 7.5 7.2 11.2 17.3 8.7 17.9 9.9 15.4 15.4 5.5 5.5 17.5 2019 3.7 3.7 3.7 7.5 7.2 11.3 17.4 8.9 18.1 9.9 15.7 15.7 5.5 5.5 17.7 Table 10: Bellambi TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 11: Bellambi TS – identified limitations 17 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.2.3 BELLAMBI TS NETWORK MAP 18 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.3 BLACKTOWN TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.3.1 BLACKTOWN TS CONNECTION POINTS Blacktown TS has four 120 MVA 132/33kV transformers providing a firm capacity of 360MVA and is supplied from Sydney West BSP via two dual circuit steel towers lines forming 132kV feeders 93Z/93A and 9J1/9J2. The current temperature corrected demand on the Blacktown 33kV busbar is 256MVA but dropping to 220MVA in 2014/15 then rising to 226MVA by the end of the forecast period. This significant reduction in demand in 2014/15 is due to the transfer of Doonside ZS to the Sydney West 132kV network and Bossley Park ZS to the West Wetherill Park network. Substation Voltage Levels Bossley Park ZS Doonside ZS Greystanes ZS Holroyd ZS 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV Leabons Lane ZS Marayong ZS Newton ZS Prospect ZS Prospect East ZS Prospect South ZS Quarries ZS Blacktown TS 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV Transformer Description (MVA) 2 x 35 2 x 15 + 1 x 20 2 x 25 1 x 17.25 + 2 x 25 2 x 25 3 x 25 3 x 25 3 x 15 2 x 25 2 x 25 2 x 35 4 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 70 50 50 67.25 50 75 75 45 50 50 70 480 Embedded Generation (MW) 35 30 25 42.25 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 2.75 5.75 6.50 6.25 25 50 50 30 25 25 35 360 9.50 5.00 11.75 3.00 5.00 75.50 6.50 3.75 1.59 1.49 0.78 1.81 0.67 - Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 2.22 5.75 1.52 1.73 Table 12: Blacktown TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Bossley Park ZS Doonside ZS Greystanes ZS Holroyd ZS Leabons Lane ZS Marayong ZS Newton ZS Prospect ZS Prospect East ZS Prospect South ZS Quarries ZS Blacktown TS Forecast PF 0.997 0.939 0.989 0.984 0.950 0.991 0.932 0.908 0.948 0.982 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 30.0 28.8 28.2 22.7 23.1 20.0 33.2 29.2 20.1 19.4 38.1 38.0 36.4 32.7 30.0 25.3 10.4 10.8 2.3 3.1 18.9 21.3 269.4 244.0 2015 21.1 31.1 21.5 38.3 33.6 26.9 10.8 3.0 24.6 219.8 2016 21.2 31.2 21.5 38.3 34.9 26.9 10.8 3.0 26.4 222.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 21.3 31.3 21.5 38.3 36.2 26.9 10.8 3.0 27.2 224.9 2018 21.3 31.4 21.5 38.3 36.6 26.9 10.8 3.0 27.2 225.5 2019 21.4 31.5 21.5 38.3 36.6 26.9 10.8 3.0 27.3 225.7 2014 15.9 23.9 13.3 35.9 24.6 22.4 9.3 2.2 16.6 160.3 2015 15.9 23.9 13.3 35.9 26.2 22.4 9.3 2.2 19.0 163.7 Forecast (MVA) 2016 15.9 23.9 13.3 35.9 27.2 22.4 9.3 2.2 13.0 164.2 2017 15.9 23.9 13.3 35.9 27.5 22.4 9.3 2.2 13.0 164.5 2018 15.9 23.9 13.3 35.9 27.5 22.4 9.3 2.2 13.0 164.5 Table 13: Blacktown TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Bossley Park ZS Doonside ZS Greystanes ZS Holroyd ZS Leabons Lane ZS Marayong ZS Newton ZS Prospect ZS Prospect East ZS Prospect South ZS Quarries ZS Blacktown TS Forecast PF 0.997 0.971 0.995 0.996 0.950 0.985 0.934 0.914 0.968 0.994 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 20.0 17.6 20.0 20.6 16.9 16.0 31.9 22.9 16.5 13.4 35.9 35.8 24.4 25.7 21.5 22.0 9.4 9.3 2.2 2.1 11.1 13.4 186.3 191.2 Table 14: Blacktown TS – winter demand forecast 19 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.3.2 BLACKTOWN TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Blacktown TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 428 TS – Prospect 433 TS – Prospect 463 TS – Prospect 432 TS – Holroyd 426 TS – Greystanes 430 Blacktown TS – Tee 435 TS – Bossley Park 434 TS – Quarries 440 TS – Tee 440 Tee – Quarries 440 Tee – East Prospect 431 East Prospect – South Prospect 427 TS – South Prospect 455 TS – Doonside 450 TS – Tee 450 Tee – Newton 450 Tee – Doonside Tee 450 Doonside Tee – Doonside ZS 450 Doonside Tee – Quakers Hill ZS 481 Newton – Leabons Lane 467 OB – Leabons Lane 429 TS – Leabons Lane 445 TS – Marayong 17.0 17.0 17.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 30.0 50.0 27.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 50.0 42.0 42.0 45.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 12.7 12.7 12.7 29.2 20.0 20.0 28.8 16.4 22.2 10.7 7.5 4.4 7.5 22.7 34.6 21.6 41.4 22.7 35.4 49.0 32.7 32.7 38.0 Forecast (MVA) 2015 13.5 13.5 13.5 31.1 21.1 21.1 32.0 26.9 36.4 12.3 22.6 19.6 22.6 27.0 37.9 29.4 46.4 27.0 38.1 53.3 34.5 34.5 38.3 2016 13.5 13.5 13.5 31.2 21.2 21.2 30.0 28.0 37.8 13.2 22.6 19.6 22.6 27.1 38.7 29.7 46.9 27.1 38.9 54.5 35.4 35.4 38.3 2017 13.5 13.5 13.5 31.3 21.3 21.3 30.1 28.4 38.4 13.6 22.6 19.6 22.6 27.1 39.5 29.7 47.0 27.1 39.0 55.2 36.2 36.2 38.3 2018 13.5 13.5 13.5 31.4 21.3 21.3 30.2 28.4 38.4 13.6 22.6 19.6 22.6 27.1 39.8 29.7 47.0 27.1 39.0 55.4 36.4 36.4 38.3 2019 13.5 13.5 13.5 31.5 21.4 21.4 30.2 28.4 38.4 13.6 22.6 19.6 22.6 27.1 39.8 29.7 47.0 27.1 39.0 55.4 36.4 36.4 38.3 Table 15: Blacktown TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 16: Blacktown TS – identified limitations 20 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.3.3 BLACKTOWN TS NETWORK MAP 21 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.4 CAMELLIA TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.4.1 CAMELLIA TS CONNECTION POINTS Camellia Transmission Substation is supplied at 132kV from the new Holroyd Bulk Supply Point via Endeavour Energy’s Guildford Transmission Substation. Camellia TS now has a recently commissioned 132kV busbar which has removed the tail-ended operation of the 3 x 120 MVA 132/33kV transformers. Each transformer and feeder is now controlled by a local circuit breaker which provides greater operational flexibility of the Camellia 132kV busbar for the West Parramatta Zone Substation and East Parramatta Switching Station. Substation Granville ZS Lennox ZS Parramatta ZS Rosehill ZS Camellia TS Voltage Levels 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33 kV Transformer Description (MVA) 1 x 16.5 + 1 x 20 3 x 25 3 x 25 2 x 25 3 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 36.5 Embedded Generation (MW) 16.5 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 3.25 50 50 25 240 2.50 19.50 3.50 17.50 0.19 0.00 2.65 18.55 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 75 75 50 360 0.79 Table 17: Camellia TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Granville ZS Lennox ZS Parramatta ZS Rosehill ZS Camellia TS Forecast PF 0.958 0.967 0.938 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 31.8 31.8 36.9 26.6 28.9 122.3 95.5 2015 21.4 25.9 49.4 2016 24.0 25.9 51.8 Forecast (MVA) 2017 24.0 25.9 51.8 2018 24.0 25.9 51.8 2019 24.0 25.9 51.8 2014 16.9 19.4 51.4 2015 16.9 19.4 51.4 Forecast (MVA) 2016 16.9 19.4 51.4 2017 16.9 19.4 51.4 2018 16.9 19.4 51.4 Table 18: Camellia TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Granville ZS Lennox ZS Parramatta ZS Rosehill ZS Camellia TS Forecast PF 0.996 0.976 0.959 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 16.8 26.8 24.2 28.6 27.3 21.2 20.4 167.0 80.3 Table 19: Camellia TS – winter demand forecast 22 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.4.2 CAMELLIA TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Camellia TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 403 TS – HVC 404 TS – HVC 405 TS – HVC 409 TS – HVC 410 TS – HVC 411 TS – Rosehill 413 TS – Rosehill 417 TS – Lennox 418 TS – Lennox 421 TS – Parramatta 422 TS – Parramatta 423 TS – Parramatta 50.0 50.0 36.0 17.0 17.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 43.0 27.0 27.0 26.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 8.5 8.5 7.9 1.3 1.3 28.9 28.9 31.8 31.8 21.1 21.1 21.1 Forecast (MVA) 2015 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.3 1.3 25.9 25.9 21.4 21.4 22.4 22.4 22.4 2016 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.3 1.3 25.9 25.9 24.0 24.0 22.4 22.4 22.4 2017 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.3 1.3 25.9 25.9 24.0 24.0 22.4 22.4 22.4 2018 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.3 1.3 25.9 25.9 24.0 24.0 22.4 22.4 22.4 2019 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.3 1.3 25.9 25.9 24.0 24.0 22.4 22.4 22.4 Table 20: Camellia TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 21: Camellia TS – identified limitations 23 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.4.3 CAMELLIA TS NETWORK MAP 24 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.5 CARLINGFORD TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.5.1 CARLINGFORD TS CONNECTION POINTS Carlingford Transmission Substation has three 120 MVA 132/66kV double-wound transformers and one 120 MVA 132/66kV auto transformer. The auto transformer was the former system spare and was installed at Carlingford following the failure of one of the original units. This unit has a relatively lower impedance than the other units such that they do not share load equally when operated in the usual manner of three on and one on auto standby. This formerly created a capacity constraint whenever the unit was in service, but this is no longer the case based on the reduced demand at Carlingford. This inherent constraint will need to be considered as part of the renewal strategy for the remaining transformers, all of which are nearing the end of their expected service life. Substation Castle Hill ZS Dundas ZS Rydalmere ZS West Pennant Hills ZS Carlingford TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 132/66kV 3 x 25 3 x 35 2 x 33 + 1 x 25 2 x 35 4 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 75 105 91 70 480 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 50 52.5 58 35 360 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 6.50 7.25 10.25 9.25 2.25 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.39 2.82 0.94 1.73 - Table 22: Carlingford TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Carlingford (Ausgrid) Castle Hill ZS Dundas ZS Rydalmere ZS West Pennant Hills ZS Carlingford TS Forecast PF 0.886 0.968 0.983 0.983 0.975 0.980 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 109.6 99.1 21.6 20.1 41.1 36.6 38.5 34.2 25.4 22.9 220.5 195.8 2015 119.7 20.4 36.7 37.0 32.5 230.3 2016 119.1 20.5 38.2 37.0 32.6 231.4 Forecast (MVA) 2017 121.9 20.5 39.4 37.1 35.8 238.3 2018 125.2 20.5 40.2 37.1 24.6 231.1 2019 128.1 20.5 40.7 37.2 24.6 234.2 2014 96.8 13.3 36.4 29.5 19.7 173.9 2015 94.0 13.3 37.8 30.3 27.3 180.7 Forecast (MVA) 2016 94.8 13.3 38.9 30.3 29.8 184.8 2017 95.6 13.3 39.8 30.3 21.0 178.1 2018 96.6 13.3 40.4 30.3 21.0 179.5 Table 23: Carlingford TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Carlingford (Ausgrid) Castle Hill ZS Dundas ZS Rydalmere ZS West Pennant Hills ZS Carlingford TS Forecast PF 0.878 0.982 0.988 0.976 0.976 0.968 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 97.0 103.9 20.0 13.8 42.4 32.9 29.3 29.6 18.9 17.3 186.3 187.4 Table 24: Carlingford TS – winter demand forecast 25 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.5.2 CARLINGFORD TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Carlingford TS is at 66kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name D1 TS – Dundas D2 TS – Dundas D3 TS – Dundas 814 TS – Rydalmere 816 TS – Rydalmere 815 TS – Castle Hill 818 TS – West Pennant Hills 825 TS – Tee 825/1 Tee – West Pennant Hills 825/2 Tee – Castle Hill 830 Castle Hill – Kenthurst 96.0 96.0 96.0 72.2 58.0 40.5 43.7 40.5 86.0 40.5 35.8 Actual (MVA) 2014 22.8 22.8 13.8 34.2 34.2 20.1 28.7 26.9 22.9 20.1 21.4 Forecast (MVA) 2015 22.9 22.9 13.8 37.0 37.0 20.4 38.4 36.6 32.5 20.4 17.6 2016 23.8 23.8 14.4 37.0 37.0 20.5 38.5 36.7 32.6 20.5 17.6 2017 24.6 24.6 14.8 37.1 37.1 20.5 41.8 39.9 35.8 20.5 17.6 2018 25.0 25.0 15.1 37.1 37.1 20.5 30.6 28.7 24.6 20.5 17.6 2019 25.3 25.3 15.3 37.2 37.2 20.5 30.6 28.7 24.6 20.5 17.6 Table 25: Carlingford TS – summer Network Constraint Year Feeder 825 exceeds its emergency rating of 40MVA under N-1 conditions. 2016/17 Investigation This limitation is not expected to eventuate as Feeder 825 is to be re-tensioned and augmented to a 50 MVA summer rating in 2014/15. The removal of the temporary customer load is planned prior to 2017/18 summer. Table 26: Carlingford TS – identified limitations 26 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Continue to Monitor 3.2.5.3 CARLINGFORD TS NETWORK MAP 27 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.6 DAPTO BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.6.1 DAPTO BSP CONNECTION POINTS Dapto Bulk Supply Point is owned by TransGrid and has three 375 MVA 330/132kV transformers. Endeavour Energy is supplied at 132kV from Dapto BSP. Dapto BSP supplies 132kV north to Bellambi, Springhill and Outer Harbour TS’s; south to Mt Terry TS, Shoalhaven TS and West Tomerong TS (partly commissioned, March 2014) as well as Ulladulla ZS; and west to Burrawang Pumping Station then further west providing backup to Fairfax Lane TS. Dapto BSP also supplies 132kV to the Essential Energy network at Bateman’s Bay ZS and Moruya North TS. The Essential Energy substations are supplied through the rebuilt Evans Lane Switching Station which is also the connection point for Ulladulla ZS. Tallawarra SS, which is connected to Springhill TS and to Dapto BSP, connects TRUenergy’s 400MW generator to the 132kV network. Substation Batemans Bay ZS (Essential Energy) Ulladulla ZS Yatte Yattah ZS Bellambi TS Moruya North TS (Essential Energy) Mount Terry TS Outer Harbour TS Shoalhaven TS Springhill TS West Tomerong TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 132/33kV 2 x 23 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 46 Embedded Generation (MW) 23 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 1.25 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 2 x 30 1x5 3 x 60 2 x 30 60 5 180 60 30 5 120 30 5.50 0.50 2.50 3.25 2.80 0.47 - 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 2 x 120 2 x 60 3 x 60 3 x 120 2 x 60 240 120 180 360 120 120 60 120 240 60 4.25 2.25 10.25 6.25 2.75 - Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) - Table 27: Dapto BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Batemans Bay/Moruya Nth Ulladulla ZS Yatte Yattah ZS Bellambi TS Mount Terry TS Outer Harbour TS Shoalhaven TS Springhill TS West Tomerong TS Dapto BSP Forecast PF 1.000 0.938 0.997 0.948 0.952 0.966 0.972 0.933 0.996 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 46.5 33.7 26.6 19.6 4.0 4.3 75.8 63.5 124.9 78.1 29.4 23.7 136.7 109.2 166.5 153.5 650.0 549.5 2015 33.7 16.2 77.0 76.5 37.6 78.2 163.9 44.8 587.6 2016 33.7 16.7 78.9 79.9 37.6 81.9 167.6 41.8 596.5 Forecast (MVA) 2017 33.7 16.8 79.3 80.6 37.6 82.1 180.9 45.5 612.4 2018 33.7 16.9 79.9 83.0 37.6 82.4 180.8 45.6 615.2 2019 33.7 17.0 80.4 83.3 37.6 82.9 182.8 45.7 618.3 2014 44.9 20.8 85.2 89.2 40.0 74.4 158.9 50.2 656.1 2015 44.9 21.1 86.5 90.2 40.0 74.5 162.1 51.7 662.9 Forecast (MVA) 2016 44.9 21.3 86.5 92.0 40.0 78.3 168.6 49.9 672.4 2017 44.9 21.4 86.5 94.1 40.0 78.3 172.9 50.7 679.0 2018 44.9 21.4 86.5 94.2 40.0 78.3 173.5 50.8 679.8 Table 28: Dapto BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Batemans Bay/Moruya Nth Ulladulla ZS Yatte Yattah ZS Bellambi TS Mount Terry TS Outer Harbour TS Shoalhaven TS Springhill TS West Tomerong TS Dapto BSP Forecast PF 1.000 0.938 0.991 0.948 0.954 0.981 0.974 0.949 0.995 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 45.5 42.1 26.7 23.0 4.4 3.4 80.7 85.4 97.3 96.3 35.7 29.6 118.7 118.4 154.7 149.8 674.0 622.6 Table 29: Dapto BSP – winter demand forecast 28 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.6.2 DAPTO BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Dapto BSP is at 132kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 980 BSP – Bellambi TS 981 BSP – Bellambi TS 98Y BSP – Springhill TS 982 BSP – Springhill TS 983 BSP – Tallawarra SS 984 – BSP – Tallawarra SS 98X Tallawarra SS – Springhill TS 98G Tallawarra SS – Springhill TS 98B Springhill TS – HVC 986 – Springhill TS – HVC 989 Springhill TS – Outer Harbour 985 Springhill TS – Outer Harbour TS 988 BSP – Fairfax Lane TS 98W BSP – Mt Terry 98F BSP – Mt Terry 98L Mt Terry – Shoalhaven 98U Mt Terry – Shoalhaven 98H Evans Lane SS – Essential Energy 98M – Evans Lane SS – Essential Energy 28C Evans Lane SS – Ulladulla 28F Evans Lane SS – Ulladulla 98P Evans Lane SS – Shoalhaven 98J Evans Lane SS – Shoalhaven 98T – Essential Energy – Essential Energy 163.0 163.0 256.0 256.0 256.0 256.0 344.0 343.0 69.0 69.0 176.0 176.0 133.0 344.0 343.0 261.0 261.0 182.0 85.0 96.0 96.0 214.0 214.0 72.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 63.5 63.5 71.7 71.7 71.7 71.7 71.7 71.7 24.9 24.9 23.7 23.7 7.3 240.6 240.6 162.5 162.5 61.3 61.3 19.6 19.6 53.3 53.3 33.7 Forecast (MVA) 2015 77.0 77.0 128.8 128.8 128.8 128.8 128.8 128.8 25.0 25.0 37.6 37.6 7.3 204.6 204.6 128.1 128.1 57.4 57.4 16.2 16.2 49.9 49.9 33.7 2016 78.9 78.9 130.1 130.1 130.1 130.1 130.1 130.1 25.0 25.0 37.6 37.6 7.3 212.2 212.2 132.3 132.3 57.9 57.9 16.7 16.7 50.4 50.4 33.7 2017 79.3 79.3 134.8 134.8 134.8 134.8 134.8 134.8 25.0 25.0 37.6 37.6 7.3 213.2 213.2 132.6 132.6 58.1 58.1 16.8 16.8 50.5 50.5 33.7 2018 79.9 79.9 134.7 134.7 134.7 134.7 134.7 134.7 25.0 25.0 37.6 37.6 7.3 216.0 216.0 133.0 133.0 58.2 58.2 16.9 16.9 50.6 50.6 33.7 2019 80.4 80.4 135.5 135.5 135.5 135.5 135.5 135.5 25.0 25.0 37.6 37.6 7.3 216.8 216.8 133.5 133.5 58.2 58.2 17.0 17.0 50.7 50.7 33.7 Table 30: Dapto BSP – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 31: Dapto BSP – identified limitations 29 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.6.3 DAPTO BSP NETWORK MAP 30 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.7 FAIRFAX LANE TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.7.1 FAIRFAX LANE TS CONNECTION POINTS Fairfax Lane Transmission Substation is owned by Endeavour Energy and has three 60MVA 132/33kV transformers providing a firm capacity of 120MVA. The substation is supplied via 132kV feeder 98C from Marulan BSP with an alternative supply from feeder 988 Dapto BSP. Feeder 98C is rated at 168/190 MVA summer/winter with 988 rated at 133/146 MVA summer/winter. The capacity of each of these 132kV feeders is adequate to meet the medium-term needs of the area. Substation Voltage Levels Berrima Junction ZS Bowral ZS 33/11kV 33/11kV Mittagong ZS 33/11kV Moss Vale ZS Ringwood ZS Robertson ZS Fairfax Lane TS 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV Transformer Description (MVA) 1 x 20 2 x 10 + 1 x 12.5 2 x 12.5 + 1 x 15 2 x 25 2 x 12.5 2 x 3.5 3 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 20 32.5 Embedded Generation (MW) NA 20 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 0.25 1.50 40 25 9.25 1.57 50 25 7.0 180 25 12.5 3.5 120 8.50 0.25 5.25 8.50 1.02 0.82 0.44 - Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 0.00 1.18 Table 32: Fairfax Lane TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Berrima Junction ZS Bowral ZS Mittagong ZS Moss Vale ZS Ringwood ZS Robertson ZS Fairfax Lane TS Forecast PF 0.900 0.955 0.945 0.920 0.944 0.925 0.945 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 1.7 1.8 18.5 15.3 13.8 12.8 17.4 16.0 5.4 5.6 3.5 3.6 78.8 74.1 2015 1.9 16.4 14.1 16.2 5.8 3.7 74.2 2016 1.9 16.5 14.5 16.4 5.8 3.7 74.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2.2 16.5 14.8 16.8 5.8 3.7 75.7 2018 2.6 16.6 15.1 17.1 5.8 3.7 76.6 2019 2.8 16.7 15.3 17.5 5.9 3.7 77.4 2014 1.6 17.5 15.0 17.2 5.6 4.6 83.9 2015 1.8 17.5 15.3 17.3 5.6 4.6 84.5 Forecast (MVA) 2016 2.1 17.5 15.5 17.5 5.6 4.6 85.0 2017 2.3 17.5 15.7 17.7 5.6 4.6 85.5 2018 2.4 17.5 15.8 17.9 5.6 4.6 85.9 Table 33: Fairfax Lane TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Berrima Junction ZS Bowral ZS Mittagong ZS Moss Vale ZS Ringwood ZS Robertson ZS Fairfax Lane TS Forecast PF 0.900 0.999 0.994 0.953 0.975 0.917 0.988 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 0.7 1.5 19.2 17.0 16.1 14.8 18.3 17.7 6.0 6.1 4.8 4.4 82.6 84.2 Table 34: Fairfax Lane TS – winter demand forecast 31 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.7.2 FAIRFAX LANE TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Fairfax Lane TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 7905 – TS – HVC 7903 TS – Moss Vale 7904 TS – Moss Vale 7917 TS – Ringwood 7908 HVC – Moss Vale 7906 Ringwood – Moss Vale 7907 TS – Robertson 7901 TS – Bowral 7902 TS – Bowral 7918 Bowral – Mittagong 7909 Bowral – Mittagong 7910 Mittagong – HVC 34.3 35.2 32.5 17.7 28.6 8.0 11.4 42.4 42.4 43.0 29.2 32.5 Actual (MVA) 2014 23.9 9.6 9.6 5.6 23.9 5.6 3.6 30.2 30.2 14.9 14.9 4.3 Forecast (MVA) 2015 24.0 25.8 25.8 5.8 24.0 5.8 3.7 34.6 34.6 18.2 18.2 6.3 2016 24.0 26.0 26.0 5.8 24.0 5.8 3.7 35.1 35.1 18.7 18.7 6.3 2017 24.0 26.4 26.4 5.8 24.0 5.8 3.7 35.5 35.5 18.9 18.9 6.3 2018 24.0 26.7 26.7 5.8 24.0 5.8 3.7 35.8 35.8 19.2 19.2 6.3 2019 24.0 27.1 27.1 5.9 24.0 5.9 3.7 36.1 36.1 19.4 19.4 6.3 Table 35: Fairfax Lane TS – summer Network Constraint Robertson ZS firm rating exceeded. The load is 26% above the firm rating for a single transformer Year Investigation Solution W2015 The situation will continue to be monitored and further options to be investigated in the future. Continue to Monitor Table 36: Fairfax Lane TS – identified limitations 32 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.7.3 FAIRFAX LANE TS NETWORK MAP 33 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.8 GUILDFORD TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.8.1 GUILDFORD TS CONNECTION POINTS Guildford Transmission Substation is supplied at 132kV from Holroyd Bulk Supply Point by feeders 93F and 93L and also from Sydney West BSP by feeders 93M (via West Wetherill Park) and 93J (via Granville and Camellia) with two N/O bus-sections between the two supply sources. Guildford TS rebuild project TS-125 established new indoor 132kV GIS, 33kV indoor switchboard and three 120MVA power transformers. Guildford TS caters for the existing customer base as well as for the 132kV Parramatta CBD network. Guildford TS has three 120MVA transformers providing a firm capacity of 240MVA. Marubeni generating station supplies 160MW and 60MVAr onto the Guildford 33kV busbar. Substation Cabramatta ZS Carramar ZS Fairfield ZS Sherwood ZS Smithfield ZS South Granville ZS Woodpark ZS Yennora ZS Guildford TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 25 2 x 25 3 x 25 3 x 25 3 x 25 2 x 25 2 x 25 2 x 25 4 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 50 50 75 75 75 50 50 50 240 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 25 25 50 50 50 25 25 25 180 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 3.25 3.25 3.00 7.25 6.25 12.50 61.00 5.00 15.50 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.10 0.91 0.87 1.27 2.98 0.79 0.08 0.93 213.7 Table 37: Guildford TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Cabramatta ZS Carramar ZS Fairfield ZS Guildford (Ausgrid) Sherwood ZS Smithfield ZS South Granville ZS Woodpark ZS Yennora ZS Guildford TS Forecast PF 0.969 0.991 0.972 0.891 0.999 0.996 0.937 0.970 0.957 0.961 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 22.3 24.3 17.0 16.8 27.5 23.1 23.6 21.8 27.2 26.0 35.6 28.8 18.9 15.6 24.7 22.3 17.9 16.4 231.3 207.3 2015 16.2 19.0 25.3 22.9 27.7 32.4 17.7 22.9 18.1 229.6 2016 16.3 19.0 25.3 22.7 27.8 32.6 17.8 22.9 18.4 210.2 Forecast (MVA) 2017 16.3 19.1 25.3 22.5 28.0 32.7 17.8 22.9 18.4 210.4 2018 16.4 19.1 25.3 22.4 28.1 32.8 17.9 22.9 18.5 210.7 2019 16.4 19.1 25.3 22.3 28.1 32.9 17.9 22.9 18.5 210.8 2014 10.3 14.3 21.4 19.8 20.9 23.4 12.9 21.3 15.1 174.2 2015 10.3 14.6 22.6 19.2 21.4 23.9 12.9 21.6 15.1 176.2 Forecast (MVA) 2016 10.3 14.6 22.6 19.2 21.4 23.9 12.9 21.6 15.1 176.2 2017 10.3 14.6 22.6 19.3 21.4 23.9 12.9 21.6 15.1 176.3 2018 10.3 14.6 22.6 19.5 21.4 23.9 12.9 21.6 15.1 176.5 Table 38: Guildford TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Cabramatta ZS Carramar ZS Fairfield ZS Guildford (Ausgrid) Sherwood ZS Smithfield ZS South Granville ZS Woodpark ZS Yennora ZS Guildford TS Forecast PF 0.986 0.996 0.996 0.930 0.998 0.997 0.965 0.983 0.980 0.973 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 20.6 17.4 13.6 15.0 24.3 21.2 20.3 19.8 23.3 20.3 23.8 23.4 13.0 12.8 22.3 21.3 17.4 15.0 184.3 181.1 Table 39: Guildford TS – winter demand forecast 34 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.8.2 GUILDFORD TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Guildford TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 745 TS – Bossley Park 744 TS – Horsley Park 757 TS – Cabramatta 779 TS – Woodpark 671 TS – Fairfield 674 TS – Fairfield 755 TS – Sherwood 777 TS – Sherwood 756 TS – Tee 756 Tee – Yennora 756 Tee – HVC 759 TS – Yennora 758 TS – Tee 758/1 Tee – Sth Granville 758 Tee – HVC 780 TS – Sth Granville 763 TS – Tee 763/2 Tee – Smithfield 763/1 Tee – HVC 774 TS – Smithfield 673 TS – Carramar 672 Fairfield – Carramar 45.0 23.3 42.0 45.0 65.0 55.0 42.0 32.0 42.0 24.0 19.0 24.0 42.0 24.0 19.0 24.0 42.0 42.0 23.0 34.0 28.0 28.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 28.8 11.2 24.3 22.3 40.0 40.0 26.0 26.0 26.9 16.4 21.1 16.4 10.5 0.0 21.1 0.0 29.0 14.4 19.5 28.8 16.8 16.8 Forecast (MVA) 2015 32.0 11.2 16.2 22.9 44.3 44.3 27.7 27.7 29.0 18.1 21.8 18.1 28.6 17.7 21.8 17.7 31.2 16.2 19.6 32.2 19.0 19.0 2016 30.0 9.0 16.3 22.9 44.3 44.3 27.8 27.8 18.4 18.4 0.0 18.4 17.8 17.8 0.0 17.8 31.3 16.3 19.6 31.3 19.0 19.0 2017 30.1 9.1 16.3 22.9 44.4 44.4 28.0 28.0 18.4 18.4 0.0 18.4 17.8 17.8 0.0 17.8 31.4 16.3 19.6 31.4 19.1 19.1 2018 30.2 9.1 16.4 22.9 44.4 44.4 28.1 28.1 18.5 18.5 0.0 18.5 17.9 17.9 0.0 17.9 31.5 16.4 19.6 31.5 19.1 19.1 2019 30.2 9.1 16.4 22.9 44.4 44.4 28.1 28.1 18.5 18.5 0.0 18.5 17.9 17.9 0.0 17.9 31.5 16.4 19.6 31.5 19.1 19.1 Table 40: Guildford TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 41: Guildford TS – identified limitations 35 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.8.3 GUILDFORD TS NETWORK MAP 36 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.9 HAWKESBURY TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.9.1 HAWKESBURY TS CONNECTION POINTS Hawkesbury transmission substation is supplied at 132kV from Vineyard Bulk Supply Point by feeders 227 and 234. Hawkesbury TS has three 120 MVA 132 / 33kV transformers. Substation Cattai ZS East Richmond Glossodia ZS Glenorie ZS Kurrajong ZS North Richmond ZS Richmond ZS Riverstone ZS South Windsor ZS Windsor ZS Wisemans ZS Hawkesbury TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 1 x 15 + 1 x 25 2 x 35 2 x 25 1 x 15 2 x 15 2 x 25 2 x 25 2 x 25 3 x 25 2 x 35 1 x 12.5 3 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 40 70 50 15 30 50 50 50 75 70 12.5 360 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 15 35 25 15 15 25 25 25 50 35 NA 240 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 0.25 1.25 6.25 3.00 5.50 4.00 13.25 3.75 2.50 11.00 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.53 0.98 0.27 1.02 0.93 0.41 0.54 1.47 0.63 0.16 - Table 42: Hawkesbury TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Cattai ZS East Richmond ZS Glenorie ZS Glossodia ZS Kurrajong ZS North Richmond ZS Richmond ZS Riverstone ZS South Windsor ZS Windsor ZS Forecast PF 0.920 0.990 0.950 0.929 0.931 0.966 0.998 0.969 0.926 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 11.7 10.9 17.3 17.8 13.2 11.4 19.8 18.5 19.3 19.1 13.8 13.9 37.3 31.6 19.0 19.3 2015 13.0 20.6 4.3 19.7 11.8 20.6 13.7 38.4 21.3 2016 13.0 20.6 4.3 19.7 11.8 20.6 11.3 38.4 21.3 Forecast (MVA) 2017 13.1 20.6 4.3 19.7 11.8 20.7 13.5 38.4 21.3 2018 13.1 20.6 4.3 19.7 11.8 20.9 14.5 38.4 21.3 2019 13.1 20.6 4.3 19.7 11.8 21.0 15.8 38.4 21.3 2014 7.7 16.0 4.3 11.7 9.5 13.8 12.8 26.2 11.1 2015 7.8 16.3 4.3 11.7 9.5 13.8 11.6 26.9 11.1 Forecast (MVA) 2016 7.8 16.3 4.3 11.7 9.5 13.9 12.2 26.9 11.1 2017 7.8 16.3 4.3 11.7 9.5 14.2 12.7 26.9 11.1 2018 7.8 16.3 4.3 11.7 9.5 14.4 13.0 26.9 11.1 Table 43: Hawkesbury TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Cattai ZS East Richmond ZS Glenorie ZS Glossodia ZS Kurrajong ZS North Richmond ZS Richmond ZS Riverstone ZS South Windsor ZS Windsor ZS Forecast PF 0.960 0.996 0.950 0.970 0.969 0.986 0.996 0.993 0.962 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 7.5 7.7 10.9 10.7 9.5 9.4 15.3 14.6 15.1 14.4 18.2 13.1 26.5 24.7 17.4 13.3 Table 44: Hawkesbury TS – winter demand forecast 37 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.9.2 HAWKESBURY TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Hawkesbury TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 444 TS – Riverstone 458 TS – Tee 458 Tee – Riverstone 458 Tee – Cattai (New) 446 TS – Windsor 447 TS – Windsor 443 Windsor – Cattai (New) 437 Cattai – Wisemans 436 TS – South Windsor 448 TS – South Windsor 449 TS – South Windsor 439 TS – Glossodia 438 TS – Richmond 452 TS – North Richmond 453 TS – Tee 453 Tee – Kurrajong 453 Tee – Nth Richmond 424 North Richmond – Tee 424 Tee Kurrajong 424 Tee Glossodia 42.0 46.0 19.0 36.0 42.0 42.0 34.0 19.0 31.0 31.0 31.0 26.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 45.0 42.0 42.0 21.0 25.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 13.9 20.3 16.0 13.9 27.3 27.3 16.0 5.1 15.8 15.8 15.8 19.6 19.1 24.0 22.3 11.4 12.3 17.8 11.4 17.8 Forecast (MVA) 2015 13.7 20.9 18.1 13.7 30.3 30.3 18.1 5.1 19.2 19.2 19.2 21.7 20.6 26.6 24.4 11.8 13.7 19.7 11.8 19.7 2016 11.3 18.5 18.2 11.3 30.4 30.4 18.2 5.1 19.2 19.2 19.2 21.7 20.6 26.6 24.4 11.8 13.7 19.7 11.8 19.7 2017 13.5 20.8 18.2 13.5 30.4 30.4 18.2 5.1 19.2 19.2 19.2 21.7 20.6 26.7 24.4 11.8 13.7 19.7 11.8 19.7 2018 14.5 21.8 18.2 14.5 30.4 30.4 18.2 5.1 19.2 19.2 19.2 21.7 20.6 26.8 24.5 11.8 13.8 19.7 11.8 19.7 2019 15.8 23.1 18.2 15.8 30.4 30.4 18.2 5.1 19.2 19.2 19.2 21.8 20.6 26.8 24.6 11.8 13.8 19.7 11.8 19.7 Table 45: Hawkesbury TS – summer Network Constraint The firm rating of Riverstone ZS will be exceeded by S2024. Year S2024 Outage of feeder 439 results in overloading of feeder 453 at 106.7% S2015 Investigation Continue to monitor lot releases uptake and load growth. Future non-network option investigation to be conducted. Continue to monitor and investigate the contingency rating. Table 46: Hawkesbury TS – identified limitations 38 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Continue to Monitor Continue to Monitor 3.2.9.3 HAWKESBURY TS NETWORK MAP 39 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.10 HOLROYD BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.10.1 HOLROYD BSP CONNECTION POINTS Holroyd Bulk Supply Point is owned by TransGrid and has two 375 MVA 330/132kV transformers, providing a firm capacity of 375MVA. Feeders 93F and 93L operate at 132kV between Holroyd and Guildford. These feeders are tail-ended on the transformers at Holroyd and connected to Guildford 132kV indoor GIS busbar to avoid a busbar duplication over a short distance between Holroyd and Guildford. Substation Granville ZS North Parramatta ZS West Parramatta ZS Camellia TS Guildford TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 2 x 45 2 x 55 3 x 45 3 x 120 4 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 90 110 135 360 240 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 45 55 90 240 180 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 3.25 4.50 4.00 17.50 14.50 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.79 0.57 0.00 - Table 47: Holroyd BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Granville ZS North Parramatta ZS West Parramatta ZS Camellia TS Guildford TS Holroyd BSP Forecast PF 0.950 0.999 0.994 0.938 0.961 0.965 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 - 2015 24.8 28.9 58.0 49.4 229.6 390.6 2016 25.5 31.3 58.0 51.8 210.2 376.8 Forecast (MVA) 2017 25.6 33.3 62.2 51.8 210.4 383.3 2018 25.6 33.4 62.2 51.8 210.7 383.8 2019 25.7 33.5 62.2 51.8 210.8 384.0 2014 19.5 21.0 43.3 51.4 174.2 309.5 2015 19.5 24.4 43.3 51.4 176.2 314.9 Forecast (MVA) 2016 19.5 24.4 45.6 51.4 176.2 317.1 2017 19.5 24.4 46.7 51.4 176.3 318.3 2018 19.5 24.4 46.7 51.4 176.5 318.5 Table 48: Holroyd BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Granville ZS North Parramatta ZS West Parramatta ZS Camellia TS Guildford TS Holroyd BSP Forecast PF 0.950 0.999 0.949 0.959 0.973 0.968 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 - Table 49: Holroyd BSP – winter demand forecast 40 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.10.2 HOLROYD BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Holroyd BSP is at 132kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name Actual (MVA) 2014 Forecast (MVA) 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Nil Table 50: Holroyd BSP – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 51: Holroyd BSP – identified limitations 41 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.10.3 HOLROYD BSP NETWORK MAP 42 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.11 ILFORD TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.11.1 ILFORD TS CONNECTION POINTS Ilford Transmission Substation (TS) is supplied at 132kV from Mt Piper TS by a single feeder 94M and a single 60MVA 132/66kV transformer. The backup supply is provided through the 66kV network from Mt Piper TS. Substation Bylong ZS Ilford Hall ZS Kandos ZS Ilford TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 132/66kV 2 x 1.5 1 x 2.5 2x5 1 x 30 + 1 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 3 2.5 10 90 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 1.5 NA 5 30 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 5.25 0.00 2.50 4.00 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.00 0.04 0.31 - Table 52: Ilford TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Bylong ZS Ilford Hall ZS Kandos ZS Ilford TS Forecast PF 0.962 0.902 0.920 0.970 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 4.3 4.4 5.4 6.0 2015 0.4 0.4 4.9 5.2 2016 0.4 0.4 4.9 5.3 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2018 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 5.1 5.2 5.4 16.5 2019 0.4 0.4 5.2 16.6 2014 0.3 0.4 4.7 5.3 2015 0.3 0.4 4.8 5.4 Forecast (MVA) 2016 2017 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 4.9 5.0 5.5 14.4 2018 0.3 0.4 5.1 18.2 Table 53: Ilford TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Bylong ZS Ilford Hall ZS Kandos ZS Ilford TS Forecast PF 0.983 0.938 0.960 0.970 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.4 4.4 4.7 6.8 7.7 Table 54: Ilford TS – winter demand forecast 43 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.11.2 ILFORD TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Ilford TS is at 66kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 841 TS – Kandos 828 Mt Piper – Tee 828 Mt Piper – Portland Tee 828/1 Portland Tee – Airly Colliery Tee 828/4 Kandos ZS – Charbon Tee 828/2 and 828/3 Hyrock Tee – Charbon 839 Kandos – Bylong 20.0 45.0 32.0 20.0 60.0 20.0 20.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 4.8 12.8 12.8 12.8 0.0 12.8 0.4 Forecast (MVA) 2015 6.2 14.2 14.2 14.2 1.0 13.2 0.4 2016 5.3 13.3 13.3 13.3 0.0 13.3 0.4 2017 5.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 0.0 13.5 0.4 2018 5.6 13.6 13.6 13.6 0.0 13.6 0.4 2019 5.6 13.6 13.6 13.6 0.0 13.6 0.4 Table 55: Ilford TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 56: Ilford TS – identified limitations 44 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.11.3 ILFORD TS NETWORK MAP 45 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.12 INGLEBURN BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.12.1 INGLEBURN BSP CONNECTION POINTS Ingleburn BSP is owned by TransGrid and has two, 250 MVA 330/66kV transformers. There is sufficient capacity at this substation to supply its existing catchment for the foreseeable future. Substation Bow Bowing ZS Macquarie Fields ZS Minto ZS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 3 x 35 2 x 33 2 x 33 +1 x 35 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 105 66 101 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 70 33 66 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 7.50 4.75 6.75 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.56 2.50 4.60 Table 57: Ingleburn BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Bow Bowing ZS Macquarie Fields ZS Minto ZS Ingleburn BSP Forecast PF 0.986 0.981 0.970 0.976 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 47.4 43.7 29.2 25.4 60.8 53.5 137.7 118.0 2015 43.0 26.1 50.8 118.7 2016 45.1 26.2 55.9 125.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 45.1 26.3 56.6 126.8 2018 45.1 26.3 57.6 127.7 2019 45.1 26.4 58.5 128.7 2014 42.9 22.0 49.4 114.1 2015 42.2 22.0 49.6 113.6 Forecast (MVA) 2016 42.2 22.0 50.0 114.0 2017 42.2 22.0 50.5 114.5 2018 42.2 22.0 51.1 115.1 Table 58: Ingleburn BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Bow Bowing ZS Macquarie Fields ZS Minto ZS Ingleburn BSP Forecast PF 0.992 0.989 0.986 0.990 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 42.1 43.0 24.7 23.7 50.1 49.6 132.2 158.3 Table 59: Ingleburn BSP – winter demand forecast 46 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.12.2 INGLEBURN BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Ingleburn BSP is at 66kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 860 BSP – Tee 860 Tee – Bow Bowing 860 Tee – Macquarie Fields 862 TS – Minto 863 TS – Minto 866 TS – Bow Bowing 861 Tee – Narellan 864 TS – Macquarie Fields 64.0 64.0 64.0 64.0 64.0 64.0 50.0 64.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 50.7 43.7 25.4 78.2 78.2 43.7 15.6 25.4 Forecast (MVA) 2015 50.2 43.0 26.1 74.6 74.6 43.0 17.5 26.1 2016 52.4 45.1 26.2 79.7 79.7 45.1 20.3 26.2 2017 52.4 45.1 26.3 80.5 80.5 45.1 20.6 26.3 2018 52.4 45.1 26.3 81.5 81.5 45.1 20.8 26.3 2019 52.4 45.1 26.4 82.5 82.5 45.1 21.0 26.4 Table 60: Ingleburn BSP – summer Network Constraint Outage 866 BSP-to Bow Bowing will cause feeder 860 to exceed its line rating. Minto ZS distribution system has a number of feeders that have exceeded their network ratings. Outage of either 862 or 863 BSP-Minto, results in load at risk on the alternate feeder. Year Existing Investigation Network switching will maintain network within capacity. Existing A demand management program is currently in operating to manage the peak summer demand and defer the construction of Eschol Park ZS. A demand management program is currently in operating to manage the peak summer demand and defer the augmentation of feeders 862 and 863. S2015 Table 61: Ingleburn BSP – identified limitations 47 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Transfer Capacity DM Program in operation DM Program in operation 3.2.12.3 INGLEBURN BSP NETWORK MAP 48 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.13 KATOOMBA NORTH TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.13.1 KATOOMBA NORTH TS CONNECTION POINTS Katoomba North transmission substation is supplied at 132kV from Wallerawang bulk supply point by feeders 940 and 941. Both feeders are teed off and tail ended to two 60MVA 132/66kV transformers. Substation Blackheath ZS Katoomba ZS Wentworth Falls ZS Katoomba North TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 132/66kV 2x7 2 x 25 1 x 10 2 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 14 50 10 120 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 7 25 NA 60 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 1.25 22.00 0.50 1.50 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.86 1.44 0.91 - Table 62: Katoomba North TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Blackheath ZS Katoomba ZS Wentworth Falls ZS Katoomba North TS Forecast PF 0.977 0.969 0.993 0.969 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 5.0 4.4 14.2 14.5 5.6 6.4 23.3 21.4 2015 4.6 15.2 6.4 24.4 2016 4.6 15.2 6.4 24.4 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2018 4.6 4.6 15.2 15.2 6.4 6.4 24.4 24.4 2019 4.6 15.2 6.4 24.4 2014 6.7 17.8 6.2 29.9 2015 6.7 17.8 6.2 29.9 Forecast (MVA) 2016 2017 6.7 6.7 17.8 17.8 6.2 6.2 29.9 29.9 2018 6.7 17.8 6.2 29.9 Table 63: Katoomba North TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Blackheath ZS Katoomba ZS Wentworth Falls ZS Katoomba North TS Forecast PF 0.981 0.974 0.992 0.961 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 6.9 6.6 17.7 17.2 7.1 6.2 38.0 30.4 Table 64: Katoomba North TS – winter demand forecast 49 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.13.2 KATOOMBA NORTH TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Katoomba North TS is at 66kV. 109.0 36.0 36.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 14.5 14.5 0.0 2015 21.5 15.2 6.4 2016 21.5 15.2 6.4 2017 21.5 15.2 6.4 2018 21.5 15.2 6.4 2019 21.5 15.2 6.4 82.0 36.0 109.0 36.0 36.0 0.0 0.0 11.6 14.5 4.4 6.4 6.4 12.2 15.2 4.6 6.4 6.4 12.2 15.2 4.6 6.4 6.4 12.2 15.2 4.6 6.4 6.4 12.2 15.2 4.6 6.4 6.4 12.2 15.2 4.6 Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 804 TS – Tee 804 Tee – Katoomba ZS 804 Katoomba North TS Tee – Wentworth Falls ZS Tee 804 Tee – Wentworth Falls ZS 804 Wentworth Falls Tee – Lawson TS 805 TS – Tee 805 Tee – Katoomba ZS 805 Katoomba North TS Tee – Blackheath ZS Forecast (MVA) Table 65: Katoomba North TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 66: Katoomba North TS – identified limitations 50 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.13.3 KATOOMBA NORTH TS NETWORK MAP 51 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.14 LAWSON TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.14.1 LAWSON TS CONNECTION POINTS Lawson Transmission Substation is supplied at 132kV on feeder 941 Wallerawang with the alternate supply being feeder 942 from Penrith. Lawson TS provides limited backup supply to Katoomba North TS at 66kV. Substation Hazelbrook ZS Lawson TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 66/11kV 132/66kV 2 x 25 2 x 52 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 50 104 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 25 52 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 0.75 0.75 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.64 - Table 67: Lawson TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Hazelbrook ZS Lawson TS Forecast PF 0.984 0.985 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 7.9 10.0 23.7 26.5 2015 10.3 22.7 2016 10.3 22.7 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2018 10.3 10.3 22.7 22.7 2019 10.3 22.7 2014 11.2 22.2 2015 11.3 22.3 Forecast (MVA) 2016 2017 11.3 11.3 22.3 22.3 2018 11.3 22.3 Table 68: Lawson TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Hazelbrook ZS Lawson TS Forecast PF 0.984 0.985 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 10.0 11.1 19.4 22.8 Table 69: Lawson TS – winter demand forecast 52 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.14.2 LAWSON TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Lawson TS is at 66kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 826 TS – Hazelbrook 808 Hazelbrook – Springwood 824 TS – Springwood 804/1 Wallerawang – Katoomba North 50.0 22.0 45.0 22.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 32.5 10.0 32.5 0.0 Forecast (MVA) 2015 33.7 10.3 33.7 6.4 2016 33.8 10.3 33.8 6.4 2017 34.0 10.3 34.0 6.4 2018 34.1 10.3 34.1 6.4 2019 34.2 10.3 34.2 6.4 Table 70: Lawson TS – summer Network Constraint Thermal capacity of standby feeder 808 is exceeded by 12.3% when it supplies Springwood ZS during outage of Feeder 824. Year S2015 Investigation Load transfer at 11kV from Springwood ZS to Blaxland ZS and Hazelbrook ZS (2MVA) deferring the constraint until S2021. Screening test to be conducted to investigate nonnetwork options. Table 71: Lawson TS – identified limitations 53 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Transfer capacity Investigate options 3.2.14.3 LAWSON TS NETWORK MAP 54 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.15 LIVERPOOL TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.15.1 LIVERPOOL TS CONNECTION POINTS Liverpool TS has two 120MVA 132/33kV transformers providing a firm capacity of 120MVA, but will have three transformers by summer 2014/15, providing a firm capacity of 240MVA. Liverpool TS is supplied by two 132kV feeders, 23L and 93G from the West Liverpool TS busbar. A project has been approved to augment Liverpool ZS and Homepride ZS and to upgrade the Liverpool CBD 11kV distribution network thus allowing full capacity utilisation at Liverpool ZS and Homepride ZS. Substation Anzac Village ZS Casula ZS Chipping Norton ZS Liverpool ZS Moorebank ZS Liverpool TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33 kV 3 x 25 2 x 35 2 x 35 3 x 35 3 x 35 2 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 75 70 70 105 105 240 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 50 35 35 70 70 120 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 12.00 6.75 0.75 7.50 5.00 5.75 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.97 2.35 1.14 2.65 0.76 - Table 72: Liverpool TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Anzac Village ZS Casula ZS Chipping Norton ZS Liverpool ZS Moorebank ZS Liverpool TS Forecast PF 0.954 0.958 0.969 0.972 0.956 0.966 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 24.1 18.9 6.5 50.9 34.5 39.1 34.4 86.4 107.7 2015 20.9 28.8 21.3 33.4 26.2 125.2 2016 22.5 30.3 21.3 32.7 26.2 127.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 23.4 32.2 22.9 33.3 26.2 133.1 2018 24.8 33.3 22.9 33.9 26.2 137.0 2019 26.4 33.6 22.9 34.6 26.2 140.8 2014 20.4 8.8 14.8 32.5 26.2 101.4 2015 17.8 9.3 16.0 31.5 26.2 99.7 Forecast (MVA) 2016 18.0 10.3 16.0 31.9 26.2 101.5 2017 18.7 11.7 16.0 32.3 26.2 104.2 2018 19.7 12.5 16.0 32.7 26.2 107.2 Table 73: Liverpool TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Anzac Village ZS Casula ZS Chipping Norton ZS Liverpool ZS Moorebank ZS Liverpool TS Forecast PF 0.985 0.900 0.900 0.996 0.979 0.991 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 37.9 35.8 33.3 33.3 69.7 66.6 Table 74: Liverpool TS – winter demand forecast 55 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.15.2 LIVERPOOL TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Liverpool TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 23L West Liverpool – Liverpool TS 93G West Liverpool – Liverpool TS 230* 250.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 107.7 107.7 Forecast (MVA) 2015 125.2 125.2 2016 127.9 127.9 2017 133.1 133.1 2018 137.0 137.0 2019 140.8 140.8 Table 75: Liverpool TS – summer *Contingency rating Network Constraint Anzac Village ZS Feeder 500 or 528 overloads for an outage on the alternate feeder. Year S2022/23 Investigation Defence 33kV HVC has agreed to an Overload Load Shedding Agreement. Longer term Endeavour Energy solution is to establish Holsworthy ZS subject to the rate of developer activity on surplus Commonwealth land adjacent to Anzac Village ZS.. Table 76: Liverpool TS – identified limitations 56 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Continue to monitor 3.2.15.3 LIVERPOOL TS NETWORK MAP 57 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.16 LIVERPOOL BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.16.1 LIVERPOOL BSP CONNECTION POINTS Liverpool Bulk Supply Point is owned by TransGrid and has three tail ended 375 MVA 330/132kV transformers providing a firm capacity of 750 MVA. Endeavour Energy is supplied at 132kV from Liverpool BSP to both the West Liverpool TS (located adjacent to Liverpool BSP) and the Liverpool TS (located near Liverpool CBD) via the West Liverpool TS 132kV busbar. Substation Abbotsbury ZS Denham Court ZS Liverpool TS West Liverpool TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 2 x 45 1 x 60 3 x 120 3 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 90 60 360 360 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 45 NA 240 240 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 5.75 7.50 Embedded Generation (MW) - Table 77: Liverpool BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Abbotsbury ZS Denham Court ZS Liverpool TS West Liverpool TS West Liverpool BSP Forecast PF 0.900 0.966 0.989 0.978 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 86.4 107.7 251.5 198.9 463.6 422.0 2015 20.0 125.2 195.6 331.8 2016 30.4 20.0 127.9 180.3 346.6 Forecast (MVA) 2017 30.4 20.0 133.1 187.4 358.7 2018 30.4 20.0 137.0 191.4 366.4 2019 30.4 20.0 140.8 194.4 373.0 2014 30.4 15.8 101.4 134.3 261.7 2015 30.4 15.8 99.7 137.1 262.8 Forecast (MVA) 2016 30.4 15.8 101.5 141.6 268.7 2017 30.4 15.8 104.2 144.5 274.1 2018 30.4 15.8 107.2 147.0 279.2 Table 78: Liverpool BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Abbotsbury ZS Denham Court ZS Liverpool TS West Liverpool TS West Liverpool BSP Forecast PF 0.900 0.900 0.991 0.992 0.996 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 69.7 66.6 184.9 179.5 386.4 322.1 Table 79: Liverpool BSP – winter demand forecast 58 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.16.2 LIVERPOOL BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Liverpool BSP is at 132kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 93B Liverpool TG – West Liverpool 93N Liverpool TG – West Liverpool 93R Liverpool TG – West Liverpool 512.0 512.0 512.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 153.3 153.3 153.3 Forecast (MVA) 2015 160.4 160.4 160.4 2016 154.1 154.1 154.1 2017 160.2 160.2 160.2 2018 164.2 164.2 164.2 2019 167.6 167.6 167.6 Table 80: Liverpool BSP – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 81: Liverpool BSP – identified limitations 59 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.16.3 LIVERPOOL BSP NETWORK MAP 60 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.17 MACARTHUR BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.17.1 MACARTHUR BSP CONNECTION POINTS Macarthur BSP has been established to the south of the Mt Annan Botanic Garden, by TransGrid to serve as the bulk supply point for the South West Growth Sector at 132kV and also the greater Campbelltown area at 66kV. Macarthur BSP supplies power at 66kV through one 250MVA, 330/66kV transformer and will supply 132kV through one 375MVA, 330/132kV transformer initially. Ultimately Macarthur BSP can be configured with two 375MVA 330/132kV and two 250MVA 330/66kV transformers. Substation Ambarvale ZS Appin ZS Broughton Pass ZS Campbelltown ZS Kentlyn ZS Oran Park ZS South Leppington ZS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 2 x 35 1 x 15 2 x 17.5 3 x 35 2 x 33 2 x 45 1 x 45 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 70 15 35 105 66 90 45 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 35 NA 17.5 70 33 45 NA 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 3.00 5.50 33.75 13.25 4.50 3.50 - Embedded Generation (MW) 2.82 0.43 1.83 2.75 0.216 - Table 82: Macarthur BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Ambarvale ZS Appin ZS Broughton Pass ZS Campbelltown ZS Kentlyn ZS Oran Park ZS South Leppington ZS Macarthur BSP Forecast PF 0.988 0.932 0.955 0.928 0.994 0.900 0.962 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 32.5 24.5 59.7 29.0 116.2 50.7 24.7 105.3 2015 25.4 3.7 2.8 58.4 23.7 4.1 263.9 2016 25.5 3.8 2.8 58.5 23.8 4.9 272.1 Forecast (MVA) 2017 25.9 3.8 2.8 58.6 23.9 12.9 5.7 291.6 2018 26.3 3.8 2.8 58.7 24.0 14.8 6.5 298.0 2019 26.3 3.8 2.8 58.7 24.0 16.7 7.3 304.2 2014 17.5 3.6 2.8 38.0 25.9 6.2 0.1 258.7 2015 17.5 3.6 2.8 36.8 25.9 7.9 4.4 266.2 Forecast (MVA) 2016 17.5 3.6 2.8 36.8 25.9 10.6 5.2 272.2 2017 17.5 3.6 2.8 36.8 25.9 12.8 6.2 278.9 2018 17.5 3.6 2.8 36.8 25.9 15.4 7.5 287.2 Table 83: Macarthur BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Ambarvale ZS Appin ZS Broughton Pass ZS Campbelltown ZS Kentlyn ZS Oran Park ZS South Leppington ZS Macarthur BSP Forecast PF 0.996 0.959 0.955 0.995 0.993 0.900 0.900 0.975 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 18.6 17.8 36.8 27.8 97.6 37.7 25.9 97.6 Table 84: Macarthur BSP – winter demand forecast 61 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.17.2 MACARTHUR BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Macarthur BSP is at 66kV & 132kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 853 TS – Ambarvale 854 TS – Campbelltown 859 TS – Campbelltown 867 Ambarvale – Kentlyn 85T Campbelltown – Kentlyn 85T Tee – Minto 85T Tee – Campbelltown 67.0 64.0 67.0 73.0 72.0 72.2 72.2 Actual (MVA) 2014 49.2 50.7 50.7 24.5 49.2 24.5 24.5 Forecast (MVA) 2015 49.1 58.4 58.4 25.4 49.1 25.4 25.4 2016 49.3 58.5 58.5 25.5 49.3 25.5 25.5 2017 49.8 58.6 58.6 25.9 49.8 25.9 25.9 2018 50.2 58.7 58.7 26.3 50.2 26.3 26.3 2019 50.2 58.7 58.7 26.3 50.2 26.3 26.3 Table 85: Macarthur BSP – summer Network Constraint Outage of feeder 851 or 852 results in an overload on the other feeder (see Nepean TS) Year S2016 Outage of the single 330/66kV transformer at Macarthur causes load at risk on feeders 9L1. S2015 Oran Park 132/11kV Mobile ZS has been established to provide supply to initial loads. The permanent ZS will be required to meet the forecast load. S2016 Investigation Constraint is dependent on the level of generation activity. Solutions include a load curtailment agreement and power factor correction to defer the construction of a 66kV feeder. A screening test was conducted and found that demand management was possible by approaching major customers in the area to negotiate viable demand management options. An in-house nonnetwork option investigation will be conducted. Transfer Kentlyn ZS and half of Ambarvale ZS to the Ingleburn system via Minto if required. Area diversity levels will likely defer this constraint to beyond the planning period. Establish the permanent 132/11kV ZS when required. Subject to the rate of new housing development. Establish the permanent 132/11kV ZS. The line works to provide a second feeder are in the process of being established, approved as part of the initial Mobile ZS project Table 86: Macarthur BSP – identified limitations 62 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Investigate nonnetwork options Possible build option Continue to Monitor Joint Planning with TransGrid PR 408 PR 255 3.2.17.3 MACARTHUR BSP NETWORK MAP 63 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 64 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.18 MT DRUITT TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.18.1 MT DRUITT TS CONNECTION POINTS Mt Druitt TS is currently supplied from Sydney West BSP via feeder 932 and feeder 939/219 via Mamre ZS. Backup supply is available via feeders 936 and 933 from Regentville BSP via Penrith TS for a loss of feeder 932 and a combined Mamre and Mt Druitt load above the rating of feeder 939. It has three 120 MVA 132/33kV transformers with provision for an additional one. Substation Claremont Meadows ZS Horsley Park ZS Plumpton ZS St Marys ZS Werrington ZS Whalan ZS Mt Druitt TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 25 2 x 25 3 x 25 2 x 25 + 1 x 19 3 x 35 3 x 25 3 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 50 50 75 69 105 75 360 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 25 25 50 44 70 50 240 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 3.00 1.75 7.00 8.75 5.00 3.25 1.50 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.28 0.49 3.06 2.66 1.37 2.00 10.8 Table 87: Mt Druitt TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Claremont Meadows ZS Horsley Park ZS Plumpton ZS St Marys ZS Werrington ZS Whalan ZS Mount Druitt TS Forecast PF 0.991 0.961 0.969 0.987 0.973 0.979 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 24.0 15.2 11.2 30.8 29.5 38.3 31.4 40.4 35.0 36.5 32.8 126.6 158.0 2015 24.7 33.6 32.8 37.9 37.2 160.9 2016 25.9 33.8 33.0 39.4 37.3 163.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 27.2 33.8 33.0 40.7 37.3 166.4 2018 28.2 33.8 33.0 41.0 37.3 167.6 2019 28.6 33.8 33.0 41.0 37.3 168.0 2014 26.8 23.3 22.1 32.9 22.1 113.2 2015 27.9 23.3 22.5 33.8 22.1 115.1 Forecast (MVA) 2016 29.7 23.3 22.7 35.3 22.1 118.1 2017 30.9 23.3 22.7 36.6 22.1 120.2 2018 31.3 23.3 22.7 36.9 22.1 120.8 Table 88: Mt Druitt TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Claremont Meadows ZS Horsley Park ZS Plumpton ZS St Marys ZS Werrington ZS Whalan ZS Mount Druitt TS Forecast PF 0.994 0.991 0.997 0.990 0.999 0.997 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 14.5 11.4 8.6 23.6 22.2 25.3 26.6 33.9 32.9 24.9 23.3 115.8 127.8 Table 89: Mt Druitt TS – winter demand forecast 65 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.18.2 MT DRUITT TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Mt Druitt TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 490 TS – St Marys 491 TS – St Marys 492 TS – Werrington 493 TS – Werrington 496 TS – Werrington 488 TS – Plumpton 495 TS – Whalan 487 Mt Druitt TS – Tee 487 Tee – Plumpton ZS 487 Tee – Whalan ZS 489 TS – East Wallgrove 48C Eastern Creek SS – Horsley Park 497 Werrington ZS – Tee 497 Tee – HVC 497 Tee – Cambridge Park ZS 34.0 34.0 32.0 34.0 45.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 34.0 42.0 34.0 21.0 34.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 31.4 31.4 21.9 20.2 21.9 29.5 32.8 32.8 29.5 32.8 11.2 11.2 26.6 7.1 19.5 Forecast (MVA) 2015 32.8 32.8 23.3 21.5 23.3 33.6 37.2 37.2 33.6 37.2 11.2 11.2 28.3 7.0 21.3 2016 33.0 33.0 24.1 22.3 24.1 33.8 37.3 37.3 33.8 37.3 9.0 9.0 28.3 7.0 21.3 2017 33.0 33.0 24.8 22.9 24.8 33.8 37.3 37.3 33.8 37.3 9.1 9.1 28.3 7.0 21.3 2018 33.0 33.0 25.0 23.0 25.0 33.8 37.3 37.3 33.8 37.3 9.1 9.1 28.3 7.0 21.3 2019 33.0 33.0 25.0 23.0 25.0 33.8 37.3 37.3 33.8 37.3 9.1 9.1 28.3 7.0 21.3 Table 90: Mt Druitt TS – summer Network Constraint Feeders 490 and 491-St Marys ZS, exceed capacity (34 MVA) under an outage of the other feeder. Year S2015 Investigation LAR is 0.6MVA, however a temporary transfer capacity of approximately 2MVA to Mamre ZS and Whalan ZS exists if required. Table 91: Mt Druitt TS – identified limitations 66 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Utilise transfer capacity 3.2.18.3 MT DRUITT TS NETWORK MAP 67 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.19 MOUNT PIPER BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.19.1 MOUNT PIPER BSP CONNECTION POINTS Mt Piper BSP is owned by TransGrid and supplies both Endeavour Energy and Essential Energy. Endeavour Energy’s demand is limited to 45MVA on each feeder, being the rating of the metering equipment. Mt Piper TS has two 120MVA 132/66/11kV transformers with no provision for any additional, each with a cyclic rating of 150MVA. Substation Blackmans Flat ZS Hartley Vale ZS Ilford TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 66/11kV 66/11kV 132/66kV 2 x 10 2 x 2.5 1 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 20 5 60 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 10 2.5 NA 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 0.75 0.25 4.00 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.24 0.07 - Table 92: Mount Piper BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Blackmans Flat ZS Hartley Vale ZS Ilford TS Mount Piper TS Forecast PF 0.961 0.979 0.970 0.895 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 4.5 4.4 0.9 1.5 5.4 6.0 34.8 39.5 2015 5.6 1.9 5.2 38.9 2016 5.6 1.9 5.3 42.0 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2018 5.6 5.6 1.9 1.9 5.4 16.5 43.6 54.0 2019 5.6 1.9 16.6 54.0 2014 6.0 1.4 5.3 38.7 2015 8.0 1.7 5.4 39.3 Forecast (MVA) 2016 2017 8.0 8.0 1.7 1.7 5.5 14.4 42.3 51.2 2018 8.0 1.7 18.2 54.6 Table 93: Mount Piper BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Blackmans Flat ZS Hartley Vale ZS Ilford TS Mount Piper TS Forecast PF 0.961 0.989 0.970 0.922 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 5.6 5.4 1.2 1.4 6.8 7.7 38.4 36.8 Table 94: Mount Piper BSP – winter demand forecast 68 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.19.2 MOUNT PIPER BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Mount Piper BSP is at 66kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 811 Blackmans Flat ZS – HVCs 812 Hartley Vale ZS – HVC 835 TS – Tee 835 Tee – HVC 835/2 Tee – Blackmans Flat ZS 831 TS – Blackmans Flat ZS 840 Blackmans Flat ZS – HVCs 828 BSP – HVCs 80.0 83.0 60.0 45.0 50.0 50.0 80.0 31.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 32.9 32.9 48.6 0.1 32.9 48.6 11.1 5.2 Forecast (MVA) 2015 31.7 31.7 50.9 0.1 31.7 50.9 6.7 7.0 2016 30.2 30.2 44.9 0.1 30.2 44.9 6.7 12.1 2017 26.8 26.8 41.5 0.1 26.8 41.5 6.7 15.5 2018 28.7 28.7 43.4 0.1 28.7 43.4 6.7 15.5 Table 95: Mount Piper BSP – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 96: Mount Piper BSP – identified limitations 69 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 2019 28.7 28.7 43.4 0.1 28.7 43.4 6.7 15.5 3.2.19.3 MOUNT PIPER BSP NETWORK MAP 70 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.20 MOUNT TERRY TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.20.1 MOUNT TERRY TS CONNECTION POINTS Mt Terry Transmission Substation has two 120MVA 132/33kV transformers providing a firm capacity of 120 MVA. The substation is fed from Dapto BSP via 132kV feeders 98F and 98W. Feeders 98L and 98U from Mt Terry provide supply to Shoalhaven TS and onto the south coast substations of West Tomerong, Ulladulla, Moruya North and Batemans Bay. Substation Voltage Levels Albion Park ZS Gerringong ZS Jamberoo ZS Kiama ZS 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV Shellharbour ZS Warilla ZS 33/11kV 33/11kV Mount Terry TS 132/33kV Transformer Description (MVA) 3 x 12.5 2x5 1 x 3.75 2 x 12.5 + 1 x 15 2 x 20 + 1 x 25 2 x 10 + 1 x 12.5 2 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 37.5 10 3.75 40 Embedded Generation (MW) 25 5 NA 25 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 0.75 7.00 0.50 2.50 65 32.5 40 20 3.00 7.25 2.49 2.14 240 120 4.25 - Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 2.47 0.91 0.26 1.64 Table 97: Mount Terry TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Albion Park ZS Gerringong ZS Jamberoo ZS Kiama ZS Shellharbour ZS Warilla ZS Mount Terry TS Forecast PF 0.949 0.962 0.928 0.959 0.990 0.945 0.948 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 25.0 19.0 5.9 4.2 3.5 2.6 12.9 9.8 28.7 21.8 19.6 15.2 124.9 78.1 2015 18.5 4.3 2.8 10.2 22.3 15.1 76.5 2016 19.3 4.3 2.8 10.3 23.5 16.4 79.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 19.5 4.3 2.8 10.4 23.8 16.4 80.6 2018 19.7 4.3 2.9 10.4 23.9 16.5 83.0 2019 19.9 4.3 2.9 10.5 24.0 16.6 83.3 2014 18.8 6.0 1.9 14.1 24.7 19.0 89.2 2015 19.4 6.0 1.9 14.1 25.1 19.0 90.2 Forecast (MVA) 2016 19.6 6.0 1.9 14.1 26.0 19.7 92.0 2017 19.7 6.0 1.9 14.1 26.0 19.7 94.1 2018 19.8 6.0 1.9 14.1 26.1 19.7 94.2 Table 98: Mount Terry TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Albion Park ZS Gerringong ZS Jamberoo ZS Kiama ZS Shellharbour ZS Warilla ZS Mount Terry TS Forecast PF 0.983 0.975 0.980 0.978 0.995 0.978 0.948 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 18.9 18.3 6.7 6.0 2.4 2.3 13.7 14.6 23.2 26.8 19.3 20.1 97.3 96.3 Table 99: Mount Terry TS – winter demand forecast 71 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.20.2 MOUNT TERRY TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Mount Terry TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 7058 TS – Albion Park 7054 TS – Albion Park 7158 Albion Park – Warilla 7041 TS – Dapto ZS 7004 Shellharbour – Warilla 7047 TS – Croom SS 7147 Shellharbour – Croom SS 7059 TS – Shellharbour 7005 Shellharbour – Kiama 7050 TS – Jerrara SS 7043 TS – Tee 7006 Tee – Jerrara SS 7007 Jerrara SS – Kiama 7175 Jerrara SS – Gerringong 7008 Kiama – Gerringong 7381 Port Central – Warilla 7176 Berry – Gerringong 7060 HVC – HVC 7341 Dapto – Kembla Grange 45.7 45.7 32.0 27.4 32.1 33.2 33.2 33.2 13.4 22.5 11.9 13.1 54.4 13.4 20.6 16.0 16.4 15.4 32.1 Actual (MVA) 2014 30.2 30.2 17.6 8.8 15.2 24.7 20.7 21.8 9.8 13.7 12.7 8.2 11.6 4.2 4.2 10.6 6.6 3.4 4.4 Forecast (MVA) 2015 29.7 29.7 17.6 9.3 15.1 25.2 21.2 22.3 10.2 14.2 13.2 8.4 12.1 4.3 4.3 10.3 8.0 3.3 4.4 2016 31.3 31.3 18.9 10.0 16.4 26.4 22.4 23.5 10.3 14.3 13.3 8.4 12.2 4.3 4.3 10.3 8.1 3.3 4.5 2017 31.7 31.7 19.1 10.1 16.4 26.7 22.6 23.8 10.4 14.4 13.3 8.4 12.3 4.3 4.3 10.3 8.1 3.3 4.5 2018 31.9 31.9 19.2 9.6 16.5 26.8 22.7 23.9 10.4 14.4 13.4 8.5 12.3 4.3 4.3 10.3 8.2 3.3 4.5 2019 32.1 32.1 19.2 9.8 16.6 26.9 22.8 24.0 10.5 14.5 13.4 8.5 12.4 4.3 4.3 10.3 8.4 3.3 4.5 Table 100: Mount Terry TS – summer Network Constraint Transfer of Berry ZS from Shoalhaven TS, overloads feeder 7043. Year S2022 Investigation LAR is 6.7% over firm. The situation will continue to be monitored. Options include augmentation and demand management. Screening test to be conducted to investigate non-network options. Table 101: Mount Terry TS – identified limitations 72 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Continue to monitor Investigate Non-Network Options 3.2.20.3 MOUNT TERRY TS NETWORK MAP 73 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.21 NEPEAN TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.21.1 NEPEAN TS CONNECTION POINTS Nepean TS is supplied from Sydney West BSP on feeder 93X and Liverpool BSP via West Liverpool TS on feeder 93Y. It has three 60 MVA 132/33kV transformers and two 120 MVA 132/66kV autotransformers. The substation is limited by the 132kV feeders 93X and 93Y to a firm rating of 145/190MVA summer/winter, less the demand of Bringelly ZS and the Oran Park Mobile ZS, which are teed to feeder 93X. The substation is also supported by embedded generation on the 66kV subtransmission system. Substation Appin ZS Cawdor ZS Maldon ZS Narellan ZS Nepean ZS Oakdale ZS Tahmoor ZS The Oaks ZS Wilton ZS Nepean TS Nepean TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 66/11kV 33/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 33/11kV 66/11kV 33/11kV 66/11kV 132/33kV 132/66kV 1x5 2 x 25 2 x 35 3 x 35 2 x 35 2 x 10 2 x 25 1 x 15 2 x 10 3 x 60 2 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 5 50 70 105 70 20 50 15 20 180 240 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) NA 25 35 70 35 10 25 NA 10 120 120 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 5.50 1.50 6.00 7.00 2.25 3.00 3.75 0.00 2.50 0.25 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.43 1.47 1.60 2.85 1.40 0.23 1.52 0.54 0.35 100 Table 102: Nepean TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Appin ZS Cawdor ZS Maldon ZS Narellan ZS Nepean ZS Oakdale ZS Tahmoor ZS The Oaks ZS Wilton ZS Nepean TS 33kV Nepean TS 66kV Forecast PF 0.948 0.980 0.965 0.968 0.934 0.992 0.900 0.900 0.965 0.983 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 5.2 3.8 14.4 24.6 22.1 17.5 50.6 47.4 35.3 22.8 9.1 1.5 16.1 14.4 6.1 2.2 49.0 34.5 140.7 147.6 2015 28.0 17.5 52.9 20.7 1.6 14.9 6.5 3.3 37.8 115.9 2016 28.0 17.6 61.6 23.0 1.6 14.9 6.6 3.8 37.8 125.5 Forecast (MVA) 2017 28.0 17.6 62.3 24.0 1.6 14.9 6.6 4.2 37.8 127.4 2018 28.0 17.6 63.0 25.0 1.6 14.9 6.6 4.6 37.8 129.1 2019 28.0 17.6 63.7 25.9 1.6 14.9 6.6 4.9 37.8 130.6 2014 20.2 15.5 29.7 14.7 2.9 12.5 5.8 2.0 32.6 90.4 2015 20.2 15.5 30.8 15.5 2.9 12.5 5.8 2.4 32.6 92.3 Forecast (MVA) 2016 20.2 15.5 32.1 16.3 2.9 12.5 5.8 2.8 32.6 94.5 2017 20.2 15.5 33.7 17.2 2.9 12.5 5.8 3.1 32.6 96.9 2018 20.2 15.5 35.5 18.1 2.9 12.5 5.8 3.4 32.6 99.6 Table 103: Nepean TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Appin ZS Cawdor ZS Maldon ZS Narellan ZS Nepean ZS Oakdale ZS Tahmoor ZS The Oaks ZS Wilton ZS Nepean TS 33kV Nepean TS 66kV Forecast PF 0.900 0.980 0.997 0.986 0.963 0.997 0.900 0.900 0.968 0.992 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 5.1 3.5 15.7 18.4 17.0 29.6 29.8 16.7 7.8 4.1 13.5 13.0 5.3 49.8 37.9 109.3 128.8 Table 104: Nepean TS – winter demand forecast 74 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.21.2 NEPEAN TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Nepean TS is at 33kV & 66kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 303 Cawdor – Tee 306 TS – Cawdor 309 TS – Oakdale 311 TS – Cawdor TS – Camden TS – Camden TS – Camden 858 TS – Narellan 870 TS – Narellan 852 Brooks Point SS – Douglas Park SS 851 TS – Maldon 850 Douglas Park SS – Maldon 868 Douglas Park –Tee 869 Douglas Park –Tee 869 Tee Wilton 85C Maldon – Wilton 848 Tahmoor – Maldon 845 Tahmoor – Maldon 25.0 25.0 29.0 29.0 26.0 26.0 26.0 50.0 91.0 60.0 60.0 51.0 60.0 40.0 40.0 73.0 60.0 42.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 1.5 29.2 1.5 32.1 11.4 11.4 13.6 47.4 47.4 -47.4 51.6 51.6 38.2 14.3 2.2 2.2 14.4 34.1 Forecast (MVA) 2015 1.6 29.2 1.6 32.1 11.3 11.3 13.5 52.9 52.9 63.0 52.0 52.0 38.8 14.4 3.3 3.3 14.9 34.5 2016 1.6 29.2 1.6 32.1 11.3 11.3 13.5 61.6 61.6 63.9 52.1 52.1 38.8 14.4 3.8 3.8 14.9 34.5 2017 1.6 29.2 1.6 32.1 11.3 11.3 13.5 62.3 62.3 65.1 52.2 52.2 31.9 14.4 4.2 4.2 14.9 34.6 2018 1.6 29.2 1.6 32.1 11.3 11.3 13.5 63.0 63.0 66.1 52.2 52.2 31.9 14.4 4.6 4.6 14.9 34.6 2019 1.6 29.2 1.6 32.1 11.3 11.3 13.5 63.7 63.7 66.9 52.2 52.2 31.9 14.4 4.9 4.9 14.9 34.6 Table 105: Nepean TS – summer Network Constraint Outage of feeder 311 Nepean TS – Cawdor ZS will cause 306 to exceed its rating. Year S2015 Investigation This constraint will need to be further investigated. Screening test to be conducted to investigate nonnetwork options. Outage of feeder 306 Nepean TS – Cawdor ZS will cause 311 to exceed its rating. S2015 Outage of Feeder 870 Nepean TS – Narellan ZS will cause 858 to exceed its rating. S2015 Outage of either feeders 851 or 852 results in an overload on the other feeder S2016 This constraint will need to be further investigated to determine if the line needs to be augmented. SDF transfer loads are indicative. Monitor actual loads for next year. Screening test to be conducted to investigate non-network options. The load on Narellan ZS will be split between feeders 858 & 861 from Minto for an outage of feeder 870. Network capacity will not be exceeded within the planning period. Constraint is dependent on the level of generation activity. Solutions include a load curtailment agreement and power factor correction to defer the construction of a 66kV feeder. A screening test was conducted and found that demand management was possible by approaching major customers in the area to negotiate viable demand management options. An in-house non-network option investigation will be conducted. Table 106: Nepean TS – identified limitations 75 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Investigate non-network options. Continue to monitor. Investigate non-network options. Continue to monitor. Utilise transfer capacity Investigate non-network options Possible build option 3.2.21.3 NEPEAN TS NETWORK MAP 76 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 77 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.22 OUTER HARBOUR TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.22.1 OUTER HARBOUR TS CONNECTION POINTS Outer Harbour TS is supplied from Dapto Bulk Supply Point via Springhill TS by 132kV feeders 985 & 989. 132kV feeder 985 previously consisted of a tee connection to BOC Gasses. Outer Harbour Transmission Substation has one 30/45/60 MVA and one 30/60 MVA 132/33kV transformer providing a firm rating of 60MVA. Substation Port Central ZS Outer Harbour TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 19 2 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 38 120 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 19 60 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 23.25 2.25 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.42 - Table 107: Outer Harbour TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Port Central ZS Outer Harbour TS Forecast PF 0.982 0.952 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 12.5 10.6 29.4 23.7 2015 10.3 37.6 2016 10.3 37.6 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2018 10.3 10.3 37.6 37.6 2019 10.3 37.6 2014 10.4 40.0 2015 10.4 40.0 Forecast (MVA) 2016 2017 10.4 10.4 40.0 40.0 2018 10.4 40.0 Table 108: Outer Harbour TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Port Central ZS Outer Harbour TS Forecast PF 0.995 0.954 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 9.9 10.4 35.7 29.6 Table 109: Outer Harbour TS – winter demand forecast 78 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.22.2 OUTER HARBOUR TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Outer Harbour TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 7032 TS – Port Central 7038 TS – Port Central 7381 Port Central – Warilla 7321 Port Central – Port Kembla 7034 TS – HVC 7039 TS – HVC 7033 TS – HVC 7031 TS – HVC 45.7 45.7 16.0 16.0 15.0 15.0 35.0 50.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 10.6 10.6 10.6 0.0 1.5 1.5 9.9 9.9 Forecast (MVA) 2015 10.3 10.3 10.3 0.0 1.5 1.5 10.0 10.0 2016 10.3 10.3 10.3 0.0 1.5 1.5 10.0 10.0 2017 10.3 10.3 10.3 0.0 1.5 1.5 10.1 10.1 2018 10.3 10.3 10.3 0.0 1.5 1.5 10.3 10.3 Table 110: Outer Harbour TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 111: Outer Harbour TS – identified limitations 79 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 2019 10.3 10.3 10.3 0.0 1.5 1.5 10.5 10.5 3.2.22.3 OUTER HARBOUR TS NETWORK MAP 80 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.23 PENRITH TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.23.1 PENRITH TS CONNECTION POINTS Penrith TS is supplied from Regentville BSP on 132kV feeders 222 and 238. Penrith TS has three 60MVA 132/33kV transformers, providing a firm capacity of 120MVA. Substation Cambridge Park ZS Cranebrook ZS Emu Plains ZS Jordan Springs ZS Kingswood ZS Penrith TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 25 3 x 25 3 x 25 2 x 25 3 x 25 3 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 50 75 75 50 75 180 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 25 50 50 25 50 120 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 5.00 6.00 7.75 13.00 - Embedded Generation (MW) 1.48 1.51 2.05 2.09 - Table 112: Penrith TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Cambridge Park ZS Cranebrook ZS Emu Plains ZS Jordan Springs ZS Kingswood ZS Penrith TS Forecast PF 0.993 0.992 0.991 0.900 0.953 0.986 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 24.0 19.5 39.8 32.7 28.5 30.2 6.4 10.4 57.8 40.6 135.6 105.4 2015 21.3 35.0 34.8 12.9 45.4 115.0 2016 21.3 40.7 34.8 14.3 45.6 120.7 Forecast (MVA) 2017 21.3 40.7 34.8 15.7 46.1 122.0 2018 21.3 40.7 34.8 16.9 47.3 123.7 2019 21.3 40.7 34.8 17.4 48.5 125.1 2014 14.0 28.4 23.7 9.5 25.9 83.7 2015 14.0 32.9 24.0 10.6 26.4 88.9 Forecast (MVA) 2016 14.2 32.9 24.0 11.9 27.4 90.8 2017 14.7 32.9 24.0 13.1 28.3 92.9 2018 15.4 32.9 24.0 13.7 28.6 94.3 Table 113: Penrith TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Cambridge Park ZS Cranebrook ZS Emu Plains ZS Jordan Springs ZS Kingswood ZS Penrith TS Forecast PF 0.987 0.990 0.987 0.900 0.951 0.972 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 17.7 19.5 35.7 27.8 24.7 23.6 6.8 39.0 27.7 101.8 85.7 Table 114: Penrith TS – winter demand forecast 81 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.23.2 PENRITH TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Penrith TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 459 TS – Cranebrook 451 Penrith TS – tee 451 Tee – Cranebrook ZS 451 Tee – Jordan Springs ZS 454 TS – Emu Plains 462 TS – Emu Plains 457 Penrith TS – Tee 461 TS – Kingswood 456 TS – Cambridge Park 497 Tee – HVC 497 Tee – Cambridge Park ZS 464 Glenmore Park ZS – Tee 464 Tee – Kingswood ZS 464 Tee – Luddenham ZS 42.0 42.0 42.0 31.0 42.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 34.0 21.0 34.0 36.0 17.0 36.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 32.7 33.2 32.7 0.5 30.2 30.2 27.1 27.1 19.5 7.1 19.5 20.6 13.5 20.6 Forecast (MVA) 2015 35.0 35.5 35.0 0.5 34.8 34.8 30.2 30.2 21.3 7.0 21.3 22.2 15.1 22.2 2016 40.7 41.2 40.7 0.5 34.8 34.8 30.4 30.4 21.3 7.0 21.3 22.3 15.2 22.3 2017 40.7 41.2 40.7 0.5 34.8 34.8 30.7 30.7 21.3 7.0 21.3 22.3 15.3 22.3 2018 40.7 41.2 40.7 0.5 34.8 34.8 31.5 31.5 21.3 7.0 21.3 22.3 15.7 22.3 Table 115: Penrith TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 116: Penrith TS – identified limitations 82 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 2019 40.7 41.2 40.7 0.5 34.8 34.8 32.3 32.3 21.3 7.0 21.3 22.3 16.1 22.3 3.2.23.3 PENRITH TS NETWORK MAP 83 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.24 REGENTVILLE BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.24.1 REGENTVILLE BSP CONNECTION POINTS Regentville Bulk Supply Point is owned by TransGrid and has two 375 MVA 330/132kV transformers installed, providing a firm capacity of 375MVA. The load at Regentville 132kV is forecast to reach 268MVA by the end of the forecast period. Endeavour Energy’s Penrith and Warrimoo Transmission Substations are supplied at 132kV from Regentville BSP as are Glenmore Park, North Warragamba and Penrith 11kV Zone Substations. Substation Glenmore Park ZS Luddenham ZS North Warragamba ZS Penrith ZS Penrith TS Warrimoo TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 2 x 45 2 x 15 1 x 25 + 1 x 15 2 x 65 3 x 60 2 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 90 30 40 130 180 120 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 45 15 15 65 120 60 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 4.75 6.25 4.00 5.00 3.75 1.25 Embedded Generation (MW) 2.56 0.40 0.62 0.45 - Table 117: Regentville BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Glenmore Park ZS Luddenham ZS North Warragamba ZS Penrith ZS Penrith TS Warrimoo TS Regentville BSP Forecast PF 0.972 0.912 0.918 0.975 0.986 0.926 0.967 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 38.3 36.9 8.9 8.6 9.5 9.2 47.2 42.9 135.6 105.4 53.8 46.9 290.6 243.6 2015 42.5 9.5 10.1 45.1 115.0 49.0 250.3 2016 43.1 9.5 10.2 47.6 120.7 49.3 258.8 Forecast (MVA) 2017 43.8 9.5 10.2 49.8 122.0 49.6 263.1 2018 44.5 9.5 10.2 49.8 123.7 49.8 265.5 2019 44.9 9.5 10.2 49.8 125.1 50.0 267.3 2014 21.2 6.4 8.2 39.4 83.7 43.9 184.6 2015 22.1 6.4 8.2 39.8 88.9 43.9 190.6 Forecast (MVA) 2016 22.7 6.4 8.2 39.9 90.8 43.9 193.0 2017 23.4 6.4 8.2 39.9 92.9 43.9 195.5 2018 24.1 6.4 8.2 39.9 94.3 43.9 197.4 Table 118: Regentville BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Glenmore Park ZS Luddenham ZS North Warragamba ZS Penrith ZS Penrith TS Warrimoo TS Regentville BSP Forecast PF 0.993 0.915 0.918 0.997 0.972 0.962 0.978 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 20.9 20.4 6.5 6.8 7.6 7.4 38.3 35.7 101.8 85.7 50.1 43.9 327.4 187.9 Table 119: Regentville BSP – winter demand forecast 84 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.24.2 REGENTVILLE BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Regentville BSP is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 465 Luddenham ZS – Tee 465 Tee – Kemps Creek ZS 933 Mt Druitt TS – Penrith TS 936 Mt Druitt TS – Penrith TS 222 BSP – Penrith TS 238 BSP – Penrith TS 231 BSP – Glenmore Park 232 BSP – Glenmore Park 93E Penrith TS – Warimoo TS 940 Katoomba North TS – Warimoo TS 937 BSP – North Warragamba 21.0 21.0 120.0 120.0 448.0 448.0 172.0 172.0 90.0 90.0 62.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 12.0 12.0 52.7 52.7 152.3 152.3 36.9 36.9 46.9 46.9 0.0 Forecast (MVA) 2015 12.7 12.7 57.5 57.5 164.0 164.0 42.5 42.5 49.0 49.0 10.1 2016 12.8 12.8 60.3 60.3 170.0 170.0 43.1 43.1 49.3 49.3 10.2 2017 12.8 12.8 61.0 61.0 171.6 171.6 43.8 43.8 49.6 49.6 10.2 2018 12.8 12.8 61.9 61.9 173.5 173.5 44.5 44.5 49.8 49.8 10.2 2019 12.8 12.8 62.5 62.5 175.1 175.1 44.9 44.9 50.0 50.0 10.2 Table 120: Regentville BSP – summer Network Constraint Penrith 11kV ZS is forecast to exceed firm rating transformer cables. Year Existing Glenmore Park ZS is forecast to exceed its firm capacity. S2019/20 Investigation Replacement of the transformer 11kV cables or nonnetwork options. Temporarily install temperature sensor to allow dynamic rating for the 11kV transformer cables. Screening test to be conducted to investigate non-network options. Load is within acceptable limits. The load will continue to be monitored. A non-network option will be investigated. Screening test to be conducted to investigate non-network options. Table 121: Regentville BSP – identified limitations 85 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Investigate non-network options Continue to monitor 3.2.24.3 REGENTVILLE BSP NETWORK MAP 86 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.25 SHOALHAVEN TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.25.1 SHOALHAVEN TS CONNECTION POINTS Shoalhaven TS is supplied from Dapto BSP via Mt Terry TS by 132kV feeders 98L and 98U. The Shoalhaven 132kV busbar supplies the West Tomerong TS, Evans Lane and Ulladulla system on feeders 98J and 98P as well as Essential Energy's Batemans Bay and Moruya North substations. Shoalhaven TS has three 60MVA 132/33kV transformers giving it a firm rating of 120MVA. Substation Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) Berry ZS Bolong ZS Bomaderry ZS Culburra ZS Huskisson ZS Kangaroo Valley ZS Nowra ZS South Nowra ZS Sussex Inlet ZS Shoalhaven TS 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 15 1 x 12.5 3 x 15 2 x 10 2 x 20 1 x 5 + 1 x 2.5 2 x 35 2 x 25 1 x 5 + 1 x 15 3 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 30 12.5 45 20 40 7.5 70 50 20 180 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 15 NA 30 10 20 2.5 35 25 5 120 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 2.00 6.00 2.75 2.25 7.25 3.25 1.50 6.25 2.50 10.25 Embedded Generation (MW) 0.87 0.21 1.88 1.49 1.44 0.24 2.70 0.31 0.87 - Table 122: Shoalhaven TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Berry ZS Bolong ZS Bomaderry ZS Culburra ZS Huskisson ZS Kangaroo Valley ZS Nowra ZS South Nowra ZS Sussex Inlet ZS Shoalhaven TS Forecast PF 0.958 0.952 0.951 0.933 0.975 0.966 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 9.1 6.6 2.8 1.8 21.2 17.6 11.3 8.9 23.0 15.6 2.7 2.4 25.4 21.1 11.0 10.6 6.5 4.8 136.7 109.2 2015 8.0 1.9 19.4 3.0 23.9 78.2 2016 8.1 1.9 19.6 3.0 23.9 81.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 8.1 1.9 19.7 3.0 23.9 82.1 2018 8.2 1.9 20.0 3.1 23.9 82.4 2019 8.4 1.9 20.3 3.1 23.9 82.9 2014 7.2 2.1 17.0 2.9 20.2 74.4 2015 7.2 2.1 17.0 2.9 20.3 74.5 Forecast (MVA) 2016 7.2 2.1 17.1 2.9 20.3 78.3 2017 7.2 2.1 17.1 2.9 20.3 78.3 2018 7.2 2.1 17.1 2.9 20.3 78.3 Table 123: Shoalhaven TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Berry ZS Bolong ZS Bomaderry ZS Culburra ZS Huskisson ZS Kangaroo Valley ZS Nowra ZS South Nowra ZS Sussex Inlet ZS Shoalhaven TS Forecast PF 0.981 0.979 0.978 0.917 0.986 0.981 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 7.8 7.3 5.0 2.2 15.8 17.6 11.5 9.8 20.4 20.3 3.3 2.8 20.5 19.2 11.3 10.7 6.1 5.3 118.7 118.4 Table 124: Shoalhaven TS – winter demand forecast 87 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.25.2 SHOALHAVEN TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Shoalhaven TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 7501 TS – Tee 7501/1 7501/2 Tee – Bomaderry 7539 TS – HVC 7516 Bomaderry – Tee 81719 7510 Bomaderry tee – 66737 7535 TS – Tomerong ZS (New) 7512/7513 Tee – Kangaroo Valley 7514/7515 Tee – Berry 7514/1 Tee – HVC 7536 Tee – HVC 7502/7517 TS – Bolong 7176 Berry – Gerringong 7503 TS – Nowra 7506 TS – Nowra 7519 TS – Huskisson (Reconfigured) 7521 TS – Huskisson (Reconfigured) 7507 TS – South Nowra 7520/7532/7530 TS – Yatte Yattah 7528 TS – Culburra 7542 South Nowra – Culburra 7508 TS – HVC 7518 Tomerong – 33525 Sussex (Reconfig) 7525/7526 Tee – Sussex Inlet 7532 (See 7520) 7523 Tee Sussex – Yatte Yattah 35.2 33.3 46.6 13.3 13.6 55.0 13.3 13.3 13.3 34.9 46.6 16.4 56.2 56.2 20.7 20.9 35.1 14.1 13.3 20.7 20.7 33.3 14.1 14.1 13.3 Actual (MVA) 2014 22.6 17.6 38.2 2.7 2.4 20.0 2.4 6.6 9.1 32.0 38.2 6.6 21.1 21.1 15.6 15.6 15.4 4.8 9.3 8.9 9.3 4.8 4.8 4.3 4.3 Forecast (MVA) 2015 25.0 19.4 40.8 4.6 3.0 22.5 3.0 8.0 11.0 32.4 40.8 8.0 23.9 23.9 4.7 4.7 15.3 4.9 9.3 8.9 9.3 4.9 4.9 4.3 4.3 2016 25.2 19.6 40.8 4.6 3.0 22.6 3.0 8.1 11.1 32.4 40.8 8.1 23.9 23.9 5.2 5.2 11.8 5.1 9.3 8.9 9.3 5.1 5.1 4.3 4.3 2017 25.3 19.7 40.8 4.6 3.0 22.8 3.0 8.1 11.1 32.4 40.8 8.1 23.9 23.9 6.0 6.0 14.7 5.2 9.3 8.9 9.3 5.2 5.2 4.3 4.3 2018 25.6 20.0 40.8 4.6 3.1 23.0 3.1 8.2 11.2 32.4 40.8 8.2 23.9 23.9 6.0 6.0 14.8 5.3 9.3 8.9 9.3 5.3 5.3 4.3 4.3 2019 26.0 20.3 40.8 4.6 3.1 23.4 3.1 8.4 11.5 32.4 40.8 8.4 23.9 23.9 6.0 6.0 14.9 5.3 9.3 8.9 9.3 5.3 5.3 4.3 4.3 Table 125: Shoalhaven TS – summer Network Constraint Kangaroo Valley ZS firm rating is exceeded. Year Existing Feeders 7514, 7514/1, 7515 & 7516 are overloaded for an outage of feeder 7510, Berry ZS. S2022 Investigation The situation will continue to be monitored against network capacity limits. A transformer augmentation project or alternate non-network options to be investigated in the future. Demand is below 10 MVA. The situation will be monitored. Berry ZS can be off loaded to Feeder 7176. However, this will create a constraint on feeder 7515. Other options include network augmentation (PR354) and a screening test to be conducted to investigate non-network options. Table 126: Shoalhaven TS – identified limitations 88 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Continue to monitor Continue to monitor 3.2.25.3 SHOALHAVEN TS NETWORK MAP 89 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.26 SPRINGHILL TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.26.1 SPRINGHILL TS CONNECTION POINTS Springhill Transmission Substation has been rebuilt on the land behind the old transmission substation, under project TS081. The substation consists of an indoor GIS 132kV busbar as well as indoor 33kV switchgear. There are three 120MVA 132/33kV transformers that are used to supply the Endeavour Energy network with a firm capacity of 240MVA. There are also five 60MVA 132/33kV transformers that supply BlueScope Steel. Substation Voltage Levels Dapto ZS Figtree ZS Inner Harbour ZS Kembla Grange ZS Kenny Street ZS North Wollongong ZS Port Kembla ZS South Wollongong ZS Unanderra ZS West Wollongong ZS 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV Springhill TS 132/33kV Transformer Description (MVA) 3 x 25 2 x 25 2 x 12.5 2 x 10 2 x 25 2 x 19 3 x 10 2 x 19 3 x 12 1 x 10 + 2 x 12.5 3 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 75 50 25 20 50 38 30 38 36 35 Embedded Generation (MW) 50 25 12.5 10 25 19 20 19 24 22.5 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 1.25 1.50 5.75 1.75 3.00 10.75 8.50 6.50 3.25 1.25 240 6.25 7.25 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 360 3.51 1.92 0.24 0.02 0.18 0.96 0.30 0.37 0.92 Table 127: Springhill TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Dapto ZS Figtree ZS Inner Harbour ZS Kembla Grange ZS Kenny Street ZS North Wollongong ZS Port Kembla ZS South Wollongong ZS Unanderra ZS West Wollongong ZS Springhill TS Forecast PF 0.994 0.963 0.906 0.863 0.903 0.987 0.971 0.962 0.976 0.943 0.972 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 33.4 26.6 11.5 20.4 9.1 9.1 4.2 4.4 19.4 17.6 12.9 10.8 12.9 9.9 15.7 13.2 23.6 13.0 20.2 9.4 166.5 153.5 2015 28.2 20.3 10.0 4.4 21.5 10.9 10.0 13.5 14.8 8.9 163.9 2016 30.2 20.4 10.0 4.5 21.7 10.9 10.0 14.0 15.9 9.0 167.6 Forecast (MVA) 2017 30.6 20.5 8.8 4.5 21.7 10.9 10.1 14.5 16.4 9.0 180.9 2018 29.1 20.6 8.8 4.5 21.8 10.9 10.3 14.6 16.7 9.2 180.8 2019 29.6 20.7 8.8 4.5 21.8 10.9 10.5 14.7 16.8 9.4 182.8 2014 23.6 19.7 9.3 3.9 17.8 13.1 12.4 13.4 17.7 10.6 2015 24.0 20.4 10.1 3.9 18.0 13.1 12.4 13.6 19.0 10.7 Forecast (MVA) 2016 25.5 20.5 8.9 4.0 18.1 13.1 12.4 13.6 19.8 10.7 2017 23.8 20.6 8.9 4.1 18.1 13.1 12.4 13.6 20.1 10.7 2018 23.9 20.7 8.9 4.1 18.1 13.1 12.4 13.6 20.2 10.7 Table 128: Springhill TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Dapto ZS Figtree ZS Inner Harbour ZS Kembla Grange ZS Kenny Street ZS North Wollongong ZS Port Kembla ZS South Wollongong ZS Unanderra ZS West Wollongong ZS Forecast PF 0.998 0.900 0.921 0.994 0.917 0.998 0.981 0.979 0.997 0.977 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 23.6 24.1 18.7 9.8 9.3 4.6 3.9 15.6 14.9 11.6 12.5 15.0 13.2 14.4 12.7 25.4 16.5 16.9 11.2 Table 129: Springhill TS – winter demand forecast 90 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.26.2 SPRINGHILL TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Springhill TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 7001 TS – HVC 7002 TS – HVC 7010 TS – Port Kembla 7013 TS – Port Kembla 7321 Port Central – Port Kembla 7012 TS – Unanderra 7016 TS – Unanderra 7017/ 7117 TS – Kembla Grange 7018 BSP – South Wollongong 7011 South Wollongong – Kenny St 7019 TS – Inner Harbour 7113 Inner Harbour – South Wollongong 7115 South Wollongong – Kenny St 7014 TS – West Wollongong 7015 West Wollongong – Figtree 7142 West Wollongong – North Wollongong 7111 North Wollongong – Kenny St 7091 Figtree – HVC 7120 Unanderra – Dapto 7341 Dapto – Kembla Grange 33.3 46.6 19.7 19.7 16.0 44.4 33.2 33.2 41.4 28.6* 28.6* 22.9* 28.6* 28.6* 46.3 28.6 28.6* 21.3 33.2 32.1 Actual (MVA) 2014 32.5 32.5 9.9 9.9 0.0 13.0 13.0 4.4 27.8 20.6 15.1 6.0 17.6 6.5 8.3 4.1 1.1 13.2 26.6 4.4 Forecast (MVA) 2015 32.9 32.9 10.0 10.0 0.0 14.8 14.8 4.4 31.7 24.7 16.1 6.1 21.5 13.7 7.9 15.1 12.0 12.6 28.2 4.4 2016 32.9 32.9 10.0 10.0 0.0 15.9 15.9 4.5 32.3 25.0 16.4 6.4 21.7 13.8 7.9 15.2 12.0 12.6 30.2 4.5 2017 32.9 32.9 10.1 10.1 0.0 16.4 16.4 4.5 32.8 25.1 15.4 6.6 21.7 13.8 8.0 15.4 12.0 12.6 30.6 4.5 2018 32.9 32.9 10.3 10.3 0.0 16.7 16.7 4.5 32.9 25.2 15.5 6.7 21.8 13.9 8.1 15.4 12.0 12.6 29.1 4.5 2019 32.9 32.9 10.5 10.5 0.0 16.8 16.8 4.5 33.0 25.2 15.5 6.7 21.8 14.1 8.3 15.5 12.1 12.6 29.6 4.5 Table 130: Springhill TS – summer *Feeder rating limited by the current transformers in the switchgear Network Constraint Outage of feeder 7002 overloads feeder 7001. Year S2015 Investigation The load on 7001 is dedicated to a HV customer 93013 (Lysaghts). A solution to the constraint will be negotiated with the private customer should they wish to improve their supply security. Table 131: Springhill TS – identified limitations 91 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Continue to monitor 3.2.26.3 SPRINGHILL TS NETWORK MAP 92 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.27 SYDNEY NORTH BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.27.1 SYDNEY NORTH BSP CONNECTION POINTS Sydney North Bulk Supply Point is owned by TransGrid and has five 375 MVA 330/132kV transformers. Both Endeavour Energy and Ausgrid take supply at 132kV from this BSP. Kellyville and Kenthurst zone substations are normally supplied from Sydney North while Carlingford TS is capable of being supplied from Sydney North under contingency conditions, subject to rearrangement of the Ausgrid system. Substation Kellyville ZS Kenthurst ZS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) 33/11kV 66/11kV & 33/11kV 2 x 25 1 x 25(33kV) + 1 x 25(66kV) Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 50 50 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 25 25 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 5.00 5.25 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.42 0.81 Table 132: Sydney North BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Kellyville ZS Kenthurst ZS Sydney North BSP Forecast PF 0.978 0.971 0.995 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 22.2 19.1 22.2 21.4 30.5 41.3 2015 21.0 17.6 34.8 2016 21.0 17.6 34.9 Forecast (MVA) 2017 21.1 17.6 34.9 2018 21.1 17.6 34.9 2019 21.1 17.6 34.9 2014 14.0 13.9 27.9 2015 14.0 13.9 27.9 Forecast (MVA) 2016 14.0 13.9 27.9 2017 14.0 13.9 27.9 2018 14.0 13.9 27.9 Table 133: Sydney North BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Kellyville ZS Kenthurst ZS Sydney North BSP Forecast PF 0.993 0.992 0.995 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 14.3 13.1 16.8 17.7 31.5 30.5 Table 134: Sydney North BSP – winter demand forecast 93 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.27.2 SYDNEY NORTH BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Sydney North BSP is at 132kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 221 BSP – Kenthurst 476 Kenthurst – Kellyville 128.0 19.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 40.4 19.1 Forecast (MVA) 2015 38.5 21.0 2016 38.6 21.0 2017 38.7 21.1 2018 38.7 21.1 2019 38.7 21.1 Table 135: Sydney North BSP – summer Network Constraint The thermal capacity of feeder 476 to Kellyville is exceeded under normal operating conditions. Year 2014/15 Investigation Supply half of the Kellyville load from Baulkham Hills to avoid overloads on feeder 476 on peak demand days. Additional load will be transferred to Mungerie Park ZS. Investigate contingency ratings. Table 136: Sydney North BSP – identified limitations 94 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Utilise transfer capacity 3.2.27.3 SYDNEY NORTH BSP NETWORK MAP 95 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.28 SYDNEY WEST BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.28.1 SYDNEY WEST BSP CONNECTION POINTS Sydney West Bulk Supply Point is owned by TransGrid and presently has five 375 MVA 330/132kV transformers installed, providing a firm capacity of 1,500MVA. Endeavour Energy is supplied at 132kV from Sydney West BSP. Transformer Description (MVA) Substation Voltage Levels Arndell Park ZS Baulkham Hills ZS Bringelly ZS Doonside ZS Eastern Creek ZS Huntingwood ZS Mamre ZS North Eastern Creek ZS North Parramatta ZS Oran Park ZS (proposed) Quakers Hill ZS 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV Rooty Hill ZS West Wetherill Park ZS Wetherill Park ZS Baulkham Hills TS Blacktown TS Camellia TS Carlingford TS Guildford TS Mount Druitt TS Nepean TS 33kV Nepean TS 66kV West Wetherill Park TS 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/33kV 132/66kV 132/33kV 90 90 44 135 90 90 135 90 110 20 95 Firm Rating Secure ‘N1’ (MVA) 45 45 19 90 45 45 90 45 55 20 50 90 90 90 240 480 360 480 240 360 180 240 120 45 45 45 180 360 240 360 180 240 120 120 NA Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 2 x 45 2 x 45 1 x 19 + 1 x 25 3 x 45 2 x 45 2 x 45 3 x 45 2 x 45 2 x 55 1 x 20 2 x 25(33kV) + 1 x 45(132kV) 2 x 45 2 x 45 2 x 45 4 x 60 4 x 120 3 x 120 4 x 120 4 x 60 3 x 120 3 x 60 2 x 120 1 x 120 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) Embedded Generation (MW) 12.00 3.00 11.00 5.75 21.75 15.50 1.25 0.75 4.50 3.50 9.00 1.21 2.30 0.56 5.75 0.01 1.92 0.57 2.83 6.50 0.25 0.50 12.00 3.75 17.50 2.25 14.50 1.50 0.25 0.25 3.00 0.26 - Table 137: Sydney West BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Arndell Park ZS Baulkham Hills ZS Bringelly ZS Doonside ZS Eastern Creek ZS Huntingwood ZS Mamre ZS North Eastern Creek ZS North Parramatta ZS Oran Park ZS Quakers Hill ZS Rooty Hill ZS West Wetherill Park ZS Wetherill Park ZS Baulkham Hills TS Blacktown TS Camellia TS Carlingford TS Guildford TS Mount Druitt TS Nepean TS West Wetherill Park TS Sydney West BSP Forecast PF 0.986 0.924 0.991 0.958 0.977 0.900 0.966 0.955 0.900 0.975 0.990 0.902 0.979 0.995 0.982 0.980 0.979 0.949 0.991 0.992 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 44.3 38.9 33.7 30.4 13.2 13.5 17.0 15.6 8.9 33.0 32.3 11.8 9.1 37.9 33.9 1.6 5.6 42.1 35.4 40.2 35.1 33.8 32.0 30.7 29.2 141.8 112.1 269.4 244.0 122.3 95.5 220.5 195.8 231.3 207.3 126.6 158.0 447.8 467.5 1522.6 1391.2 Table 138: Sydney West BSP – summer demand forecast 96 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2015 28.2 35.2 12.6 41.1 18.2 31.1 49.3 9.4 6.7 38.1 35.4 33.1 30.6 110.7 219.8 230.3 160.9 452.1 43.2 1150.4 2016 28.2 36.0 12.6 41.2 18.2 32.4 50.1 9.4 10.4 38.9 35.5 33.5 30.6 111.8 222.9 231.4 163.9 460.1 39.1 1161.5 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2018 28.2 28.2 36.1 36.1 11.9 11.9 41.2 41.2 18.2 18.2 33.2 33.8 50.1 50.1 9.4 9.4 39.0 39.0 35.6 35.7 33.5 33.5 30.6 30.6 112.5 112.9 224.9 225.5 238.3 231.1 166.4 167.6 450.5 452.3 39.2 39.2 1164.8 1161.6 2019 28.2 36.2 11.9 41.2 18.2 35.5 50.1 9.4 39.0 35.8 33.5 30.6 113.1 225.7 234.2 168.0 471.2 39.3 1182.8 Substation Name Arndell Park ZS Baulkham Hills ZS Bringelly ZS Doonside ZS Eastern Creek ZS Granville ZS Huntingwood ZS Mamre ZS North Eastern Creek ZS North Parramatta ZS Oran Park ZS Quakers Hill ZS Rooty Hill ZS West Wetherill Park ZS Wetherill Park ZS Baulkham Hills TS Blacktown TS Camellia TS Carlingford TS Guildford TS Mount Druitt TS Nepean TS West Wetherill Park TS Sydney West BSP Forecast PF 0.995 0.924 0.989 0.976 0.980 0.900 0.990 0.992 0.994 0.994 0.900 0.979 0.987 0.994 0.968 0.997 0.994 0.999 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 34.3 32.2 24.6 24.4 10.2 10.4 14.7 13.0 17.7 23.7 23.0 4.5 7.3 28.8 27.4 3.3 3.2 31.0 25.7 29.6 27.0 31.1 30.2 30.3 31.1 152.1 115.3 186.3 191.2 167.0 80.3 186.3 187.4 184.3 181.1 115.8 127.8 57.3 60.0 1300.1 1165.1 Table 139: Sydney West BSP – winter demand forecast 97 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2014 21.0 26.7 10.6 33.9 15.0 18.7 25.1 8.2 22.1 21.0 30.2 30.2 118.1 160.3 173.9 113.2 19.0 855.9 2015 21.0 26.7 8.7 34.2 15.4 18.7 37.2 10.5 23.2 21.8 31.1 31.9 120.4 163.7 180.7 115.1 20.7 887.9 Forecast (MVA) 2016 21.0 26.7 8.0 34.2 15.4 18.7 37.2 11.7 23.2 21.9 31.7 31.9 120.9 164.2 184.8 118.1 20.7 897.0 2017 21.0 26.7 8.0 34.2 15.4 18.7 37.2 12.2 23.2 21.9 32.6 31.9 121.3 164.5 178.1 120.2 20.7 895.3 2018 21.0 26.7 8.0 34.2 15.4 18.7 37.2 12.2 23.2 22.0 33.2 31.9 121.6 164.5 179.5 120.8 20.7 899.8 3.2.28.2 SYDNEY WEST BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Sydney West BSP is at 132kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 93A BSP – Blacktown TS 93Z BSP – Blacktown TS 9J1 BSP – Blacktown TS 9J2 BSP – Blacktown TS 239 TS – Tee 239 Tee Doonside 239 Tee Arndell 220 TS – Tee 220 Tee1 –Tee2 220 Tee HVC 239 Tee Rooty Hill 220 Tee Arndell 233 Union St – Camellia 237 Sydney West – HVC 9J3 Blacktown TS – Baulkham Hills TS 9J4 Blacktown TS – Baulkham Hills TS 930 Baulkham Hills TS – Carlingford TS 931 Baulkham Hills TS – Carlingford TS 212 Vineyard BSP – Baulkham Hills TS 229 Parklea – WCH 217 Sydney West – Nth Eastern Creek 218 Sydney West – Eastern Creek 93F Holroyd – Guildford 93F Holroyd – Guildford 93L Holroyd – Guildford 93M Sydney West – West Wetherill 93T West Wetherill – Tee 93T Tee Wetherill 93T Tee – Guildford 9J8 Guildford – Camellia 93J Sydney West – Tee 93J Tee Wetherill 93J Tee – Guildford 233 Union St – Camellia 228 Guildford – Union St 505.0 505.0 505.0 505.0 153.0 130.0 80.0 153.0 130.0 130.0 76.0 80.0 111.0 120.0 512.0 512.0 512.0 512.0 172.0 145.0 172.0 172.0 505.0 505.0 505.0 505.0 505.0 120.0 505.0 117.0 505.0 120.0 505.0 111.0 111.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 264.6 264.6 220.4 220.4 74.4 35.4 38.9 74.0 35.1 19.0 35.1 38.9 35.1 81.5 308.0 308.0 195.8 195.8 37.5 36.6 15.6 15.6 95.5 95.5 0.0 29.2 29.2 29.2 0.0 129.5 158.6 103.3 129.5 33.9 33.9 Forecast (MVA) 2015 356.8 356.8 297.3 297.3 66.3 38.1 28.2 63.6 35.4 19.0 35.4 28.2 35.4 83.1 376.3 376.3 230.3 230.3 49.6 39.6 18.2 18.2 49.4 49.4 229.6 293.3 260.2 30.6 229.6 78.3 108.9 104.8 78.3 28.9 28.9 2016 351.5 351.5 292.9 240.8 67.1 38.9 41.7 63.7 35.5 20.0 35.5 28.2 35.5 83.1 379.1 379.1 231.4 231.4 41.7 39.7 18.2 18.2 51.8 51.8 210.2 274.3 240.8 30.6 210.2 83.1 113.7 105.5 83.1 31.3 31.3 2017 355.6 355.6 296.3 243.8 67.2 39.0 41.8 63.9 35.6 20.0 35.6 28.2 35.6 83.1 386.8 386.8 238.3 238.3 41.8 39.7 18.2 18.2 51.8 51.8 210.4 274.6 241.0 30.6 210.4 85.1 115.7 106.3 85.1 33.3 33.3 2018 353.3 353.3 294.4 241.7 67.2 39.0 41.8 63.9 35.7 20.0 35.7 28.2 35.7 83.1 380.1 380.1 231.1 231.1 41.8 39.7 18.2 18.2 51.8 51.8 210.7 274.9 241.3 30.6 210.7 85.2 115.8 107.2 85.2 33.4 33.4 2019 354.8 354.8 295.6 242.9 67.2 39.0 41.8 64.0 35.8 20.0 35.8 28.2 35.8 83.1 383.5 383.5 234.2 234.2 41.8 39.7 18.2 18.2 51.8 51.8 210.8 275.0 241.4 30.6 210.8 85.3 115.9 108.0 85.3 33.5 33.5 Table 140: Sydney West BSP – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 141: Sydney West BSP – identified limitations 98 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.28.3 SYDNEY WEST BSP NETWORK MAP 99 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.29 VINEYARD BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.29.1 VINEYARD BSP CONNECTION POINTS Vineyard Bulk Supply Point is owned by TransGrid and has three 375 MVA 330/132kV transformers installed, providing a firm capacity of 750MVA. Endeavour Energy is supplied at 132kV from Vineyard BSP. Substation Bella Vista ZS Cheriton Avenue ZS Marsden Park ZS (proposed) Mungerie Park ZS Parklea ZS Schofields ZS South Marsden Park ZS (proposed) West Castle Hill ZS Hawkesbury TS Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 132/11kV 3 x 45 2 x 45 1 x 45 3 x 45 3 x 45 2 x 45 1 x 15 135 90 45 135 135 90 15 Firm Rating Secure ‘N1’ (MVA) 90 45 NA 90 90 45 NA 132/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 65 3 x 120 130 360 65 240 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) Embedded Generation (MW) 2.75 0.75 5.25 7.75 11.25 - 2.82 1.63 2.58 7.60 1.15 - 2.75 11.00 8.98 - Table 142: Vineyard BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Bella Vista ZS Cheriton Avenue ZS Marsden Park ZS Mungerie Park ZS Parklea ZS Schofields ZS South Marsden Park ZS West Castle Hill ZS Hawkesbury TS Vineyard BSP Forecast PF 0.992 0.996 0.900 0.950 0.975 0.900 0.900 0.929 0.991 0.960 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 55.7 37.5 30.4 24.4 44.6 38.4 88.2 70.7 17.6 15.4 38.9 36.6 150.5 135.8 418.9 373.6 Table 143: Vineyard BSP – summer demand forecast 100 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2015 49.6 28.3 0.3 47.1 82.7 27.1 2.3 39.6 161.1 428.3 2016 41.7 38.7 4.3 48.1 83.6 29.2 5.1 39.7 158.8 439.7 Forecast (MVA) 2017 41.8 34.4 6.3 49.2 84.2 31.3 10.7 39.7 161.2 449.4 2018 41.8 34.4 9.6 50.1 84.9 33.6 15.0 39.7 162.2 462.4 2019 41.8 38.0 13.6 51.1 85.6 36.0 18.0 39.7 163.6 494.9 Substation Name Bella Vista ZS Cheriton Avenue ZS Marsden Park ZS Mungerie Park ZS Parklea ZS Schofields ZS South Marsden Park ZS West Castle Hill ZS Hawkesbury TS Vineyard BSP Forecast PF 0.999 0.996 0.996 0.999 0.900 0.963 0.994 0.977 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 37.5 35.0 21.3 23.0 21.5 48.9 45.4 12.0 37.6 23.1 118.9 102.4 269.1 261.8 2014 34.2 27.4 23.8 47.7 17.2 22.4 111.7 272.4 Forecast (MVA) 2016 34.9 42.9 3.3 26.4 50.4 18.8 3.2 22.4 112.3 300.7 2015 43.7 40.0 2.9 25.4 48.9 19.5 22.4 111.5 300.9 2017 34.9 34.0 4.0 27.5 52.2 19.4 11.1 22.4 113.0 307.3 2018 34.9 36.9 5.0 28.8 54.2 20.1 11.8 22.4 113.5 317.7 Table 144: Vineyard BSP – winter demand forecast 3.2.29.2 VINEYARD BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Vineyard BSP is at 132kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 9JA Vineyard to Rouse Hill 938 Vineyard to Rouse Hill 21M Rouse Hill to Mungerie Park 21P Rouse Hill to Mungerie Park 214 Rouse Hill – Parklea 215 Rouse Hill – Parklea 227 Vineyard to Hawkesbury 234 Vineyard to Hawkesbury 213 Parklea – Bella 230 Parklea – WCH 500.0 500.0 172.0 172.0 172.0 172.0 230.0 230.0 172.0 85.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 109.1 109.1 38.4 38.4 108.2 108.2 135.8 135.8 37.5 36.6 Forecast (MVA) 2015 129.8 129.8 47.1 47.1 132.3 132.3 161.1 161.1 49.6 39.6 2016 131.7 131.7 48.1 48.1 125.2 125.2 158.8 158.8 41.7 39.7 2017 133.4 133.4 49.2 49.2 126.0 126.0 161.2 161.2 41.8 39.7 2018 135.0 135.0 50.1 50.1 126.7 126.7 162.2 162.2 41.8 39.7 2019 136.7 136.7 51.1 51.1 127.4 127.4 163.6 163.6 41.8 39.7 Table 145: Vineyard BSP – summer Network Constraint The firm rating of Schofields ZS will be exceeded by S2022. Year S2022 Investigation Continue to monitor lot releases uptake and load growth. Screening test to be conducted to investigate non-network options. Table 146: Vineyard BSP – identified limitations 101 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution Continue to Monitor 3.2.29.3 VINEYARD BSP NETWORK MAP 102 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.30 WALLERAWANG BULK SUPPLY POINT 3.2.30.1 WALLERAWANG BSP CONNECTION POINTS Wallerawang Bulk Supply Point is owned by TransGrid and provides supply to both Endeavour Energy and Essential Energy at both 66kV and 132kV. The 132kV busbar is supplied via two 330/132kV 375MVA transformers, which in turn supply the 66kV busbar through two 132/66kV 60MVA transformers. The Wallerawang 132kV is winter peaking. Substation Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) Lithgow ZS Meadow Flat ZS Portland ZS Katoomba North TS Lawson TS 66/11kV 66/11kV 66/11kV 132/66kV 132/66kV 1 x 30 + 1 x 35 1 x 2.5 2 x 10 2 x 60 2 x 52 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 65 2.5 20 120 104 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 30 NA 10 60 52 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 2.25 3.50 1.00 1.50 0.75 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.44 0.08 0.39 - Table 147: Wallerawang BSP – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Lithgow ZS Meadow Flat ZS Portland ZS Katoomba North TS Lawson TS Wallerawang BSP Forecast PF 0.989 0.999 0.998 0.969 0.985 0.938 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 15.9 12.5 0.7 0.7 2.8 3.1 23.3 21.4 23.7 26.5 100.8 78.0 2015 12.9 0.7 3.1 24.4 22.7 68.1 2016 13.0 0.7 3.1 24.4 22.7 68.1 Forecast (MVA) 2017 13.2 0.7 3.1 24.4 22.7 68.3 2018 13.3 0.7 3.1 24.4 22.7 68.4 2019 13.3 0.7 3.1 24.4 22.7 68.4 2014 16.1 1.0 3.7 29.9 22.2 79.4 2015 16.2 1.0 3.7 29.9 22.3 79.6 Forecast (MVA) 2016 16.3 1.0 3.7 29.9 22.3 79.7 2017 16.4 1.0 3.7 29.9 22.3 79.8 2018 16.5 1.0 3.7 29.9 22.3 79.9 Table 148: Wallerawang BSP – summer demand forecast Substation Name Lithgow ZS Meadow Flat ZS Portland ZS Katoomba North TS Lawson TS Wallerawang BSP Forecast PF 0.989 0.995 0.997 0.961 0.985 0.952 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 20.1 16.2 0.9 1.0 3.5 3.7 38.0 30.4 19.4 22.8 99.7 105.9 Table 149: Wallerawang BSP – winter demand forecast 103 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.30.2 WALLERAWANG BSP SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Wallerawang BSP is at 66kV and 132kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 823 TS – Portland 817 TS – Meadow Flat 85X TS – Lithgow 857 TS – Lithgow 811/1 Blackmans Flat ZS – Tee 811/1 Blackmans Flat ZS Tee – HVC 811/2 Tee – HVC 940 BSP – Tee 940 Tee – Katoomba Nth 940 Tee – Warrimoo 941 BSP – Tee 941 Tee – Katoomba North 941 Katoomba North – Lawson 942 Lawson TS – Penrith TS 27.0 21.0 40.0 45.0 80.0 80.0 45.0 102.0 160.0 90.0 109.0 219.0 109.0 90.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 3.1 0.7 14.1 14.1 20.2 15.6 4.6 57.6 21.4 46.9 47.8 21.4 26.5 26.5 Forecast (MVA) 2015 3.1 0.7 14.8 14.8 20.0 15.2 4.9 61.2 24.4 49.0 47.1 24.4 22.7 22.7 2016 3.1 0.7 14.9 14.9 20.0 15.2 4.9 61.5 24.4 49.3 47.1 24.4 22.7 22.7 2017 3.1 0.7 15.1 15.1 20.0 15.2 4.9 61.8 24.4 49.6 47.1 24.4 22.7 22.7 2018 3.1 0.7 15.2 15.2 20.0 15.2 4.9 62.0 24.4 49.8 47.1 24.4 22.7 22.7 2019 3.1 0.7 15.2 15.2 20.0 15.2 4.9 62.2 24.4 50.0 47.1 24.4 22.7 22.7 Table 150: Wallerawang BSP – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 151: Wallerawang BSP – identified limitations 104 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.30.3 WALLERAWANG BSP NETWORK MAP 105 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 106 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.31 WARRIMOO TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.31.1 WARRIMOO TS CONNECTION POINTS Warrimoo TS has two 60MVA 132/66/11kV auto-transformers, providing a firm capacity of 60MVA. There is no provision for additional transformers. The Warrimoo transmission network supplies Blaxland ZS on tail-ended transformers via feeders 822 and 827. Substation Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) Blaxland ZS Springwood ZS Warrimoo TS 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 35 2 x 35 2 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 70 70 120 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 35 35 120 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 5.75 5.00 1.25 Embedded Generation (MW) 2.22 2.84 - Table 152: Warrimoo TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Blaxland ZS Springwood ZS Warrimoo TS Forecast PF 0.945 0.958 0.926 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 25.7 22.8 26.4 22.6 53.8 46.9 2015 24.2 23.4 49.0 2016 24.4 23.6 49.3 Forecast (MVA) 2017 24.5 23.7 49.6 2018 24.7 23.8 49.8 2019 24.8 23.9 50.0 2014 18.7 24.4 43.9 2015 18.7 24.4 43.9 Forecast (MVA) 2016 18.7 24.4 43.9 2017 18.7 24.4 43.9 2018 18.7 24.4 43.9 Table 153: Warrimoo TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Blaxland ZS Springwood ZS Warrimoo TS Forecast PF 0.974 0.988 0.962 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 19.7 18.3 23.8 23.6 50.1 43.9 Table 154: Warrimoo TS – winter demand forecast 107 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.31.2 WARRIMOO TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from Warrimoo TS is at 66kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 808 Hazelbrook – Springwood 824 TS – Springwood 826 TS – Hazelbrook 822 TS – Blaxland 827 TS – Blaxland 22.0 45.0 50.0 30.0 42.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 10.0 32.5 32.5 22.8 22.8 Forecast (MVA) 2015 10.3 33.7 33.7 24.2 24.2 2016 10.3 33.8 33.8 24.4 24.4 2017 10.3 34.0 34.0 24.5 24.5 2018 10.3 34.1 34.1 24.7 24.7 2019 10.3 34.2 34.2 24.8 24.8 Table 155: Warrimoo TS – summer Network Constraint Thermal capacity of standby feeder 808 is exceeded when supplying Springwood ZS during outage of Feeder 824. Year S2015 Investigation Load transfer at 11kV from Springwood ZS to Blaxland ZS and Hazelbrook ZS under emergency. Distribution works will be required for this load transfer to be permanent. Solution Transfer capacity Screening test to be conducted to investigate nonnetwork options. Investigate non-network options Table 156: Warrimoo TS – identified limitations 108 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.31.3 WARRIMOO TS NETWORK MAP 109 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.32 WEST LIVERPOOL TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.32.1 WEST LIVERPOOL TS CONNECTION POINTS West Liverpool TS has four 120MVA 132/33kV transformers providing a firm capacity of 360MVA. Three of the four transformers will need to be replaced as part of the end of life renewal program. West Liverpool TS is supplied from TransGrid’s Liverpool Bulk Supply Point at 132kV by three 375MVA tailended transformers and feeders 93B, 93N and 93R. Mutual backup between Sydney West BSP and West Liverpool TS is supplied via 132kV feeders 93U and 93W. Substation Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) Anzac Village ZS Bonnyrigg ZS Canley Vale ZS Edmondson Park ZS (proposed) Hinchinbrook ZS Homepride ZS Kemps Creek ZS Prestons ZS West Liverpool ZS West Liverpool TS 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 3 x 25 3 x 35 3 x 25 2 x 35 3 x 25 3 x 25 2 x 25 3 x 25 3 x 35 4 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 75 105 75 105 75 75 50 75 105 480 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 50 70 50 70 50 50 25 50 70 360 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 12.00 4.50 7.25 5.50 0.00 3.50 5.25 7.75 7.50 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.97 5.03 2.86 3.25 0.55 0.41 2.54 2.08 - Table 157: West Liverpool TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Anzac Village ZS Bonnyrigg ZS Canley Vale ZS Edmondson Park ZS Hinchinbrook ZS Homepride ZS Kemps Creek ZS Prestons ZS West Liverpool ZS West Liverpool TS Forecast PF 0.968 0.964 0.954 0.969 0.972 0.934 0.977 0.989 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 29.1 51.0 46.1 25.8 26.4 40.7 38.4 32.9 33.4 13.8 12.0 34.4 23.7 33.2 31.5 251.5 198.9 2015 48.4 26.5 44.5 34.8 12.7 26.5 35.0 195.6 2016 28.1 26.6 8.4 44.2 35.2 12.8 19.3 36.3 180.3 Forecast (MVA) 2017 29.2 26.7 9.3 45.1 35.8 12.8 23.4 37.2 187.4 2018 30.4 26.8 10.3 45.8 36.3 12.8 24.3 37.5 191.4 2019 31.4 26.8 11.2 46.1 37.0 12.8 24.8 37.5 194.4 2014 11.2 21.9 26.3 27.5 9.6 20.5 30.2 134.3 2015 12.1 21.9 27.0 27.7 9.6 20.4 31.5 137.1 Forecast (MVA) 2016 12.9 21.9 2.6 27.6 28.1 11.3 18.6 32.4 141.6 2017 13.7 21.9 3.1 28.1 28.5 11.3 19.2 33.0 144.5 2018 14.5 21.9 3.8 28.4 28.9 11.3 19.5 33.2 147.0 Table 158: West Liverpool TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Anzac Village ZS Bonnyrigg ZS Canley Vale ZS Edmondson Park ZS Hinchinbrook ZS Homepride ZS Kemps Creek ZS Prestons ZS West Liverpool ZS West Liverpool TS Forecast PF 0.996 1.000 0.951 0.991 0.983 0.978 0.995 0.992 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 20.7 21.2 36.0 31.8 23.1 22.6 24.3 22.9 23.2 24.9 11.6 9.7 20.9 18.8 26.9 27.4 184.9 179.5 Table 159: West Liverpool TS – winter demand forecast 110 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.32.2 WEST LIVERPOOL TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from West Liverpool TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 525 TS – Hinchinbrook 527 TS – Hinchinbrook 524 TS – Prestons 505 TS – Tee 505 Tee Prestons 505 Tee Casula 504 TS – Moorebank 516 TS – Moorebank TS – Liverpool ZS (reconfigured) TS – Liverpool ZS (reconfigured) 503 TS – Bonnyrigg 514 TS – Bonnyrigg 522 TS – Canley Vale 523 Homepride – New Canley Vale 509 TS – Homepride 517 TS – Tee – Homepride 512 TS – Tee 512 Tee – Bringelly 512 Tee – Kemps Creek 465 Luddenham ZS – Kemps Creek 68.0 68.0 68.0 42.0 68.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 42.0 34.0 46.7 42.0 36.0 44.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 38.4 38.4 23.7 23.7 23.7 18.9 34.4 34.4 17.3 17.2 32.3 32.3 26.4 26.4 33.4 23.4 25.5 13.5 12.0 8.6 Forecast (MVA) 2015 44.5 44.5 26.5 26.5 26.5 28.8 26.2 26.2 16.7 13.1 33.9 33.9 26.5 26.5 34.8 24.4 25.3 12.6 12.7 9.5 2016 44.2 44.2 19.3 19.3 19.3 25.4 26.2 26.2 16.3 13.1 19.7 19.7 26.6 26.6 35.2 24.7 25.4 12.6 12.8 9.5 2017 45.1 45.1 23.4 23.4 23.4 26.3 26.2 26.2 16.6 13.1 20.4 20.4 26.7 26.7 35.8 25.0 24.7 11.9 12.8 9.5 2018 45.8 45.8 24.3 24.3 24.3 27.7 26.2 26.2 16.9 13.1 21.3 21.3 26.8 26.8 36.3 25.4 24.7 11.9 12.8 9.5 2019 46.1 46.1 24.8 24.8 24.8 29.2 26.2 26.2 17.3 13.1 22.0 22.0 26.8 26.8 37.0 25.9 24.7 11.9 12.8 9.5 Table 160: West Liverpool TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 161: West Liverpool TS – identified limitations 111 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.32.3 WEST LIVERPOOL TS NETWORK MAP 112 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.33 WEST TOMERONG TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.33.1 WEST TOMERONG TS CONNECTION POINTS West Tomerong TS is located off Blackbutt Range Road Tomerong within the easement of 132kV line 98P (formerly 98M/1) and was commissioned in various stages throughout 2014. It is supplied from Dapto BSP via Mount Terry TS 132kV feeders 98L and 98U and subsequently supplied via Shoalhaven TS feeder 98P. A 132kV closed loop is provided through line 28P (West Tomerong to Evans Lane) and 98J (Shoalhaven to Evans Lane). Refer to the Dapto BSP chapter and Geographic drawing for details. West Tomerong TS has two 60MVA 132/33kV transformers providing a firm rating of 60MVA. Substation Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) Culburra ZS Huskisson ZS South Nowra ZS Sussex Inlet ZS Tomerong ZS (proposed) Yatte Yattah ZS West Tomerong TS 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 10 2 x 20 2 x 25 2 x 5 + 1 x 15 2 x 15 1 x 6.5 2 x 60 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 20 40 50 20 30 6.5 120 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 10 20 25 5 15 NA 60 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 2.25 7.25 6.25 2.50 0.50 2.75 Embedded Generation (MW) 1.49 1.44 0.31 0.87 0.47 - Table 162: West Tomerong TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Culburra ZS Huskisson ZS South Nowra ZS Sussex Inlet ZS Tomerong ZS Yatte Yattah ZS West Tomerong TS Forecast PF 0.963 0.965 0.909 0.966 0.900 0.946 0.933 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 - 2015 8.9 4.7 10.4 4.9 11.2 4.3 44.8 2016 8.9 5.2 6.7 5.1 11.2 4.3 41.8 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2018 8.9 8.9 6.0 6.0 9.5 9.5 5.2 5.3 11.2 11.2 4.3 4.3 45.5 45.6 2019 8.9 6.0 9.6 5.3 11.2 4.3 45.7 2014 9.8 9.2 11.0 5.2 11.2 3.4 50.2 2015 9.8 9.7 11.8 5.3 11.2 3.4 51.7 Forecast (MVA) 2016 9.8 9.7 9.9 5.4 11.2 3.4 49.9 2018 9.8 10.4 10.1 5.5 11.2 3.4 50.8 Table 163: West Tomerong TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Culburra ZS Huskisson ZS South Nowra ZS Sussex Inlet ZS Tomerong ZS Yatte Yattah ZS West Tomerong TS Forecast PF 0.969 0.980 0.939 0.977 0.900 0.973 0.949 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 - Table 164: West Tomerong TS – winter demand forecast 113 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2017 9.8 10.4 10.0 5.5 11.2 3.4 50.7 3.2.33.2 WEST TOMERONG TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from West Tomerong TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 7529 TS – South Nowra (New) 7531 TS – South Nowra (New) 7533 & /1 TS – Culburra (New) 7524 Culburra – South Nowra 7519 TS – Huskisson (Reconfigured) 7521 TS – Huskisson (Reconfigured) 7520 TS – Yatte Yattah 7535 TS – Tomerong ZS (New) 7541 TS – Tomerong ZS (New) 7518 TS – Tee 7522 33525 – AT35174 Tee 7523 TS – Tee 7530 TS – 7525/7526 – Tee – Sussex Inlet 7532 TS – Tee 7507 Shoalhaven TS – South Nowra 7534 Tee – Ulladulla 20.7 25.4 20.9 20.9 20.7 20.9 14.1 55.0 55.0 33.3 14.1 13.3 14.1 14.1 14.1 35.1 11.4 Actual (MVA) 2014 10.6 10.6 9.3 9.3 15.6 15.6 4.8 20.0 0.0 4.8 9.2 4.3 9.2 4.8 4.3 4.3 11.2 Forecast (MVA) 2015 10.4 10.4 9.3 9.3 4.7 4.7 4.9 22.5 11.2 4.9 9.2 4.3 9.2 4.9 4.3 4.3 11.2 2016 6.7 6.7 9.3 9.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 22.6 11.2 5.1 9.4 4.3 9.4 5.1 4.3 4.3 9.0 2017 9.5 9.5 9.3 9.3 6.0 6.0 5.2 22.8 11.2 5.2 9.6 4.3 9.6 5.2 4.3 4.3 9.1 2018 9.5 9.5 9.3 9.3 6.0 6.0 5.3 23.0 11.2 5.3 9.6 4.3 9.6 5.3 4.3 4.3 9.1 2019 9.6 9.6 9.3 9.3 6.0 6.0 5.3 23.4 11.2 5.3 9.6 4.3 9.6 5.3 4.3 4.3 9.1 Table 165: West Tomerong TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 166: West Tomerong TS – identified limitations 114 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.33.3 WEST TOMERONG TS NETWORK MAP 115 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.2.34 WEST WETHERILL PARK TRANSMISSION SUBSTATION 3.2.34.1 WEST WETHERILL PARK TS CONNECTION POINTS West Wetherill Park Transmission Substation and Zone Substation are supplied at 132kV from Sydney West Bulk Supply Point by feeder 93M with the alternate supply provided by feeder 93T via Guilford TS. West Wetherill Park TS has one 120MVA 132/33kV transformer providing a 33kV non-firm capacity of 120MVA and West Wetherill Park ZS situated on the same site has two 45MVA 132/11kV transformers providing an 11kV firm capacity of 45MVA. Substation Voltage Levels Transformer Description (MVA) Bossley Park ZS Horsley Park ZS West Wetherill Park TS 33/11kV 33/11kV 132/33kV 2 x 35 2 x 25 1 x 120 Installed Capacity Total ‘N’ (MVA) 70 50 120 Firm Rating Secure ‘N-1’ (MVA) 35 25 NA 95% Peak Load Exceeded (hours) 2.75 1.75 0.25 Embedded Generation (MW) 2.22 0.49 - Table 167: West Wetherill Park TS – transformer rating and substation details Substation Name Bossley Park ZS Horsley Park ZS West Wetherill Park TS Forecast PF 0.995 0.979 0.991 Actual (MVA) 2013 2014 - 2015 32.0 11.2 43.2 2016 30.0 9.0 39.1 Forecast (MVA) 2017 2018 30.1 30.2 9.1 9.1 39.2 39.2 2019 30.2 9.1 39.3 2015 14.3 6.5 20.7 Forecast (MVA) 2016 2017 14.3 14.3 6.5 6.5 20.7 20.7 2018 14.3 6.5 20.7 Table 168: West Wetherill Park TS – summer demand forecast Substation Name Bossley Park ZS Horsley Park ZS West Wetherill Park TS Forecast PF 0.997 0.988 0.994 Actual (MVA) 2012 2013 - Table 169: West Wetherill Park TS – winter demand forecast 116 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2014 12.5 6.5 19.0 3.2.34.2 WEST WETHERILL PARK TS SUB-TRANSMISSION SYSTEM The sub-transmission network emanating from West Wetherill Park TS is at 33kV. Capacity (MVA) Feeder Name 744 TS – Horsley Park 74C SS – Horsley Park 745 TS – Bossley Park 21.0 42.0 46.0 Actual (MVA) 2014 11.2 28.8 28.8 Forecast (MVA) 2015 11.2 32.0 32.0 2016 9.0 30.0 30.0 2017 9.1 30.1 30.1 2018 9.1 30.2 30.2 2019 9.1 30.2 30.2 Table 170: West Wetherill Park TS – summer Network Constraint Nil Year Investigation Table 171: West Wetherill Park TS – identified limitations 117 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Solution 3.2.34.3 WEST WETHERILL PARK TS NETWORK MAP 118 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 FORECAST OF RELIABILITY TARGET PERFORMANCE 3.3 The Minister for Energy first established Licence Conditions for the distribution network service providers on 1 August 2005 covering design planning standards, reliability, individual feeder and customer service standards. The conditions were designed to give guidance to the distributors regarding the performance levels expected by the NSW Government. The current Licence Conditions were set on 1 July 2014. Table 172 provides the reliability performance information required by Licence Conditions 18.2 and 18.3 including: Performance against the SAIDI average standards and SAIFI average standards by feeder type, disregarding excluded interruptions Reasons for any non-compliance by the licence holder with the reliability standards and plans to improve performance The data listed in Table 172 is the ‘normalised’ data set i.e. the overall data with ‘excluded’ interruptions deducted. ‘Excluded’ interruptions are defined in Schedule 4 of the Licence Conditions and are primarily outages of less than one minute duration or caused by directed load shedding, planned maintenance, failure of the shared transmission system or ‘major event day’ outages. Whole Network and Feeder Category CBD Urban Rural Short Rural Long N/A 771,332 161,104 313 N/A 63 173 989 N/A 80 300 N/A N/A 0.9 1.7 3.4 N/A 1.2 2.8 N/A Customer Numbers (Average over Year to Date) SAIDI Actual Standard from Licence Conditions SAIFI Actual Standard from Licence Conditions Network* 932,749 83 N/A 1.0 N/A Table 172: Annual network reliability performance *Refers to the average performance of the Endeavour Energy’s network overall. This measure does not form part of the licence conditions but is needed to calculate the overall NSW result. SAIDI means the sum of the duration of each sustained customer interruption (measured in minutes), divided by the total number of customers (averaged over the year) of the licence holder. SAIFI means the total number of sustained customer interruptions divided by the total number of customers (averaged over the year) of the licence holder. The Australian Energy Regulator (AER) introduced a Service Target Performance Incentive Scheme (STPIS) for NSW electricity distributors in 2014/15. This scheme will encourage continuous improvement in reliability performance by offering financial incentives or penalties based on improvements or deterioration in performance from benchmark levels set in a prior period. From 2014/15 Endeavour Energy’s reliability performance will be measured against performance achieved in the 2009/2014 period. Endeavour’s organisational normalised unplanned SAIDI trend over the last 10 years has largely plateaued as shown in Figure 5. Year on year variations around the long term trend have been more prominent in recent years. This longer term trend aligns with the Endeavour’s objective of maintaining reliability at current average levels over the course of the next regulatory period defined by the expected target under the AER’s STPIS incentive scheme. Management of reliability under a STPIS regime requires consideration of desired reliability outcomes as well as the interactions between expenditure and STPIS bonuses or penalties and the overall impact of these on customer prices. Incurring capital expenditure on reliability improvement initiatives that result in STPIS bonuses imposes a double impost on prices. Therefore, where operational efficiencies can be made that also result in improved reliability outcomes, or at least do not result in worse outcomes, customer outcomes in terms of reliability and pricing are optimised. Therefore, Endeavour’s approach to the STPIS scheme will be to focus efforts on operational initiatives. 119 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 Rolling 12 month SAIDI Yearly SAIDI Jul-20 Mar-20 Jul-19 Nov-19 Mar-19 Jul-18 Nov-18 Mar-18 Jul-17 Nov-17 Mar-17 Jul-16 Nov-16 Mar-16 Jul-15 Lower Bound Nov-15 Mar-15 Jul-14 Nov-14 Mar-14 Jul-13 Upper Bound Nov-13 Mar-13 Jul-12 Nov-12 Mar-12 Jul-11 Nov-11 Mar-11 Jul-10 Nov-10 Mar-10 Jul-09 Nov-09 Mar-09 Jul-08 Nov-08 Mar-08 Jul-07 Nov-07 Mar-07 Jul-06 Nov-06 Mar-06 Jul-05 Nov-05 0 Linear (Rolling 12 month SAIDI) Figure 5: Long term organisational SAIDI trend (log-normalised) More specifically, Endeavour has a reliability plan intended to achieve the following objectives: Stable reliability performance Performance levels that prevent the Company incurring efficiently avoidable penalties under the AER’s STPIS scheme Ensure that the performance experienced by those customers who currently experience worse than average reliability on the Endeavour Energy network does not materially deteriorate Maintenance of compliance with the Licence Condition reliability objectives Ensure that the reliability impact of equipment defects is managed to a level consistent with or better than historic performance Raise the profile of reliability as a key indicator of corporate performance and in so doing encourage a culture that observes, identifies and learns from issues on the network that may impact asset life, reliability performance or safety issues Improve data analysis, reliability performance reporting and explanation through better data gathering and statistical analysis tools 120 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 3.4 OTHER FACTORS WHICH HAVE A MATERIAL IMPACT ON THE NETWORK Endeavour Energy defines, for the purpose of this report, that ‘material impact’ is greater than 1% of annual capital expenditure and relates to expenditures in excess of $2m. The forward planning work program extends until the end of the current regulatory period in 2019. 3.4.1 FAULT LEVELS Within the forward planning work program, there are no single replacement projects in excess of $2m that are driven by fault level issues. 3.4.2 VOLTAGE LEVELS Within the forward planning work program, there are no single replacement projects in excess of $2m that are driven by voltage level issues. 3.4.3 POWER SYSTEM SECURITY REQUIREMENTS Within the forward planning work program, there are no single replacement projects in excess of $2m that are driven by power system security issues. 3.4.4 QUALITY OF SUPPLY Within the forward planning work program, there are no single replacement projects in excess of $2m that are driven by quality of supply issues. 3.4.5 AGEING ASSETS There are a number of projects and programs that are being undertaken or are proposed to be undertaken during the forward planning period that replace assets that have reached the end of their serviceable life. These are summarised below. Further detail of the committed projects is provided in Section 5.3.1. Asset Name Asset Type DS005 - Pole Replacement Capital DS006 - LV Consac Cable Replacement Poles in distribution lines DS007 - Service Mains replacement program DS011 - HV Distribution Steel Mains Replacement DS013 – Lapstone distribution network renewal DS301 - Ground Substation Refurbishment Program DS302 - Distribution Transformer Replacement Program DS405 - Air break Switch Replacement DS414 – Copper distribution mains replacement Age (yrs) Various Asset Condition Replacement Timeline 2015 - 2025 New poles Short-circuit and open circuit neutral failures, poor reliability Degraded insulation – safety risk. 2015 - 2025 PVC cables 2015 - 2025 XLPE service mains Various Corrosion and fatigue – bushfire risk 2015 - 2025 New ACSR, AAAC or steel conductor Condemned poles Asset Replacement LV Consac cable in the distribution network Overhead service mains to customers premises Steel conductors in 11 and 22kV lines LV distribution network at Lapstone 36 - 44 50 Failure of direct buried LV feeder and service cables and roadside pillars 2015 - 2019 11kV ground mounted distribution subs Various Exposed conductors, maintenance requirements 2015 - 2025 Standard URD padmount substations, XLPE LV feeder cables and service cables and LV pillars Padmount substation Distribution transformers Various Corrosion, oil leaks 2015 - 2025 New transformers Air-break switches in the 11 and 22kV network Copper conductors in the 11 and 22kV network Various Switch failures 2015 – 2025 Enclosed switches Various Corrosion and fatigue related failures – safety and bushfire risk 2015 - 2019 New aluminium conductor Various 121 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Asset Name Asset Type PS008 - Substation Protection Relay Refurbishment TM012 Transmission Pole Replacement TM014 - Renewal of 33kV and 66kV gas and oil filled cables Protection relays in TS and ZS Age (yrs) Various Asset Condition End of life failures Replacement Timeline 2015 – 2025 Asset Replacement Numerical relays Transmission line poles Various Replacement of condemned poles 2014 - New poles, generally concrete 66kV and 33kV gas and oil insulated cables at Port Kembla TS Various 2014 – 2016 (Port Kembla) XLPE cables TM023 - 132kV Feeders 233 cable replacement TM134 Wollongong – Port Kembla pilot cable Replacement TM171 Replacement of corroded earthwire TM174 - Hardex Pilot Cable Replacement 132kV oil insulated cable 233 Copper protection pilots on 33kV feeders 49 Replace cables with specialist maintenance requirements at end of life and simplify network arrangement. Cable failed due to fatigue of sheath 2014 - 2016 XLPE cable along different route Various Pilots failed due to moisture ingress, damage due to lightning and corrosion 2019 - 2022 ADSS and UG optical fibre Steel EW on 132kV lines 60 EW at risk of failure due to corrosion 2015 - 2024 Aluminium earthwires Hardex earthwire on 66 and 33kV feeders Various 2015 - 2025 OPGW or aluminium earthwire TM404 Avon/Nepean Dam Feeder refurbishment TS102 - Rydalmere ZS Redevelopment 33kV woodpole line Up to 86 2013 - 2017 New 33kV concrete pole line Zone substation 47 - 54 2008 - 2016 New indoor 66/11kV substation TS122 - Leabons Lane ZS Renewal Zone substation 48 Replacement of the earthing and lightning shielding function when at end of mechanical strength due to corrosion and fatigue Failures of the copper conductor, insulators, crossarms due to age and bushfire damage 66kV and 11kV switchgear, P&C and auxiliaries at end of life 33kV and 11kV switchgear, P&C and auxiliaries at end of life 2012 - 2015 TS123 - St Marys ZS Renewal Zone substation 48 33kV and 11kV switchgear, P&C and auxiliaries at end of life 2012 - 2016 TS125 – Guildford TS Renewal Transmission substation 55 2009 - 2015 TS127 - Castle Hill ZS Renewal Zone substation 54 132kV and 33kV switchyard, P&C and power transformers at end of life. 33kV CBs with inadequate switching capability. 66kV and 11kV switchyard, P&C and auxiliaries at end of life Indoor 33/11kV substation in extension of existing control building, Low noise TX Indoor 33/11kV substation in extension of existing control building. Low noise TX New indoor 132/33 substation. New low noise TX TS143 – Westmead ZS Renewal Zone substation 36 Power transformers, 33kV switchgear and auxiliaries at end of life. 11kV CB failure risk threatens supply to Westmead Hospital 2012 - 2016 TS146 - Marayong ZS Renewal Zone substation 49 2019 – 2022 TS155 - Sussex Inlet ZS Stage 2 Zone substation 46 11kV switchgear, P&C and auxiliaries at end of life. Excessive double cabling on 11kV 11kV switchgear and switchyard, P&C and control building not fit for purpose 122 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2012 - 2015 2019 – 2023 Refurbished outdoor 66kV switchyard and 11kV switchboard. Existing low noise TX New power transformers, 11kV vacuum trucks, 33kV SF6 switchgear, auxiliaries and protection New 11kV, P&C and auxiliaries New control building,11kV, P&C and auxiliaries Asset Name Asset Type TS163 - Unanderra ZS Redevelopment Zone substation Age (yrs) 51 TS165 - Greystanes ZS Zone substation 45 TS167 - Carlingford TS Control Building Transmission Substation control building 62 TS168 - Carramar ZS Switchgear Zone substation 33 TS173 – 11kV Switchboard Truck Replacement 621 X 11kV CB in various zone substations 29 – 47 TS174 – West Wollongong ZS 11kV part of zone substation 50 Asset Condition Building has issues with foundations and cable basement not fit for purpose. Replace 11kV oil CBs in new building to reduce risks to ALARP. 33kV switchyard reaching end of life and noisy TX in close proximity to residences Control building contains asbestos and houses aged auxiliary equipment and wiring 33kV MG switchboard with mechanical failures, 11kV vacuum truck replacement and 11kV oil aux switchboard. Program addresses low probability but high consequence risk of CB failure, explosion and oil fire in the control building. Reduces risk to ALARP. 11kV oil switchboard not suitable for truck replacement so whole SB replacement Replacement Timeline 2019 – 2023 Asset Replacement 2019 - 2023 Possible indoor 33kV switchboard and low noise TX 2019 – 2023 New compact control building with new P&C 2015 - 2017 New 33kV SF6 and 11kV vacuum CGB trucks and arc-fault contained aux S/G 2015 – 2025 Vacuum CB trucks 2019 – 2023 New 11kV vacuum switchboard New control building,11kV, P&C and auxiliaries Table 173: Projects driven by ageing assets 3.4.6 POTENTIALLY UNRELIABLE ASSETS Within the forward planning work program, there are no single replacement projects in excess of $2m that are driven by unreliable assets. 123 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 4.0 IDENTIFIED SYSTEM LIMITATIONS A major part of the planning process involves performing network analysis using the latest demand forecast to identify upcoming network limitations. The process then identifies whether a corrective action is required to address the network limitation. If action is required, then the RIT-D process is initiated to identify and analyse the credible options for addressing the limitation. The National Electricity Rules (NER) requires distribution network service providers to investigate nonnetwork options by utilising a thorough consultation process to facilitate input into the planning of major network upgrades. This provides opportunity for interested parties and the community to submit options and ideas allowing for the development of cost effective demand management and other system support options. The NER calls for a ‘screening test’ to be performed for all capital projects above $5 million to determine if a non-network option is credible and should be investigated further. If a non-network option is deemed to be feasible Endeavour Energy will conduct a detailed investigation to determine the objective and targets for a non-network option to be successful and publish this information in a Non-Network Options Report. The consultation process which coincides with the release of the report may include the release of a request for information (RFI) for demand management services. The Non-network Options Report/RFI is a public process in which Endeavour Energy invites interested stakeholders to make submissions for system support options, to be evaluated against network options. Alternatively, an in-house demand management investigation may be conducted to identify a suitable non-network option. An in-house investigation is only appropriate where a potential non-network solution is low cost and removes the constraint. For example, an identified network limitation requires a peak demand reduction of 1,500 kVA to defer the constraint for three years. The network options to address the limitation cost around $10 million. It is identified that power factor at seven identified customer’s sites will have the potential to reduce peak demand by 2,000 kVA. The power factor correction (PFC) program would cost Endeavour Energy $200,000 to implement. In this situation Endeavour Energy would proceed directly with the implementation of the PFC demand management program without issuing a non-network options report as the cost of the Non-network Options Report consultation process would be disproportional to the identified non-network solution. Another situation where an in-house demand management investigation is appropriate is where there are a small number of major customers that individually, or as a group, could provide all the demand reduction required to defer or avoid a network limitation. The customers will be approached for participation in the demand management program. This section details the identified network limitations where a screening test to determine the potential for non-network options is to be conducted. It also provides an indication of potential solutions. 4.1 NOTES ON INDICATIVE NETWORK SOLUTIONS Remedial action is required where the risk of loss of supply due to demand exceeding capacity is considered unacceptable. Constrained network and indicative solutions are listed in transmission substation and sub-transmission feeder groupings, with the following information: Substation: The name of the location, usually a zone or transmission substation. Feeder Location: The location of the sub-transmission feeder. Feeder Number: The identifying number of the sub-transmission feeder. Critical Season: The season of most critical peak demand (summer or winter). The demand and capacity data relates to the nominated season. Existing Capacity: The Firm capacity that the network element can supply whilst preserving the appropriate level of backup capacity. Demand Forecast: The following year forecast demand for the most critical season. Limitation Date: The date the network element will reach its capacity limitation. RIT-D Start Date: The year in which Endeavour Energy anticipates investigation to commence. Investment decisions can take up to 3 years to finalise the agency and regulatory approvals. Given this, RIT-D start is timed to meet capacity limitations. 124 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Transfer Potential: The load in MVA that could potentially be transferred away from the constrained network on a permanent basis. Required Load Reduction: The required level of load reduction to achieve a one year deferral of the network limitation. Potential Solutions: 4.2 The currently identified credible options to resolve the network limitation including network and non-network solutions (subject to public consultation). TRANSMISSION AND ZONE SUBSTATIONS Listed below are the identified network limitations on Endeavour Energy’s transmission and zone substations where a screening test to determine the potential for non-network options is to be conducted. The Limitation Date indicates when both the firm rating (F) and capacity limitation rating (C) is exceeded. The ‘Capacity Limitation Rating Reached’ is when the limit is reached within the five year planning period. The acronym (NWP) means ‘Not within period’. Substation Existing 2014/15 Capacity Demand (firm) Forecast (MVA) (MVA) Guildford Transmission Substation Sherwood S 25 27.7 ZS Capacity Limitation Rating Reached Limitation Date RITD Start Date Load Transfer Potential (MVA) Required Load Reduction (MVA) Yes (F) Nov 15 (C) NWP Oct 2020 0 1.5 Hawkesbury Transmission Substation Riverstone S 25 13.7 ZS No (F) Nov 24 (C) NWP Oct 2020 0 3 1. New 11kV Feeders 2. New ZS 3. Demand management Regentville Bulk Supply Point Penrith S 62* 11kV ZS 45.1 Yes (F) Nov 15 (C) Nov 15 Oct 2015 3 1 45 42.5 No (F) Nov 19 (C) NWP Oct 2023 1 1 1. Uprate Tx cables 2. Demand management 1. ZS augmentation 2. Demand management Vineyard Bulk Supply Point Schofields S 45 ZS 27.1 No (F) Nov 22 (C) Nov 24 Oct 2021 0 8 Glenmore Park ZS Critical Season S Potential Solutions 1. Load Transfer 2. Augment ZS 3. Demand management 1. New ZS 2. Demand management Table 174: Zone substation limitations *Limited by transformer cable rating (rating between 32 and 43MVA). The network limitations listed above were identified as potentially having a non-network solution as part of the credible options resulting from non-network option screening. For each identified constraint, details of the limitation and the main areas where demand reduction opportunities exist are discussed, including the time frame over which a non-network investigation and program implementation would need to operate. 125 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Sherwood ZS Sherwood ZS currently supplies the Merrylands commercial area, surrounding residential and high density residential areas. The commercial area is experiencing slow growth while the surrounding residential areas are experiencing small pocket of in-fill development. Screening Test The area supplied by Sherwood ZS has opportunity for demand reduction within the commercial sector and potentially opportunities in the residential sector. Thermal rating is expected to be reached by summer 2015/16 but the planning standards indicates that network augmentation may be deferred till the end of the forecast period. Permanent load transfers will also be investigated. A screening test for Nonnetwork option feasibility will need to commence three years prior to this occurring to ensure sufficient time is allocated to implement demand reducing initiatives. A watching brief will be maintained to monitor demand growth on Sherwood ZS. Non-network Opportunities The main contribution to the peak demand increase comes from the commercial sector and in-fill residential development. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with air conditioning cycling, voluntary load reduction schemes in both the residential and commercial sectors and potentially embedded generation. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for demand management and the level of demand reduction potentially available. A non-network options report will be issued in due course to initiate submissions for non-network solutions with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network solution would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand, between the hours of 12:00 to 19:00 weekdays, by 1.0 MVA by summer 2021/22 in order to be effective. Network Options Network options will be investigated in due course. 30 25 MVA 20 15 10 5 Figure 6: Sherwood ZS Load Profile 20 December 2013 126 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 Riverstone ZS Riverstone ZS currently supplies the Riverstone industrial area and the surrounding residential areas. The industrial area is experiencing slow growth while the surrounding residential area is experiencing strong and consistent growth which is expected to continue for the forecast period, due to the development of the North West Sector. Screening Test The area supplied by Riverstone ZS has opportunity for demand reduction within the residential sector and potentially limited opportunities in the industrial sector. Thermal rating is expected to be reached by summer 2023/24 but the planning standards indicates that network augmentation may be deferred till the end of the forecast period. Non-network investigation will need to commence three years prior to this occurring to ensure sufficient time is allocated to implement demand reducing initiatives. A watching brief will be maintained to monitor demand growth on Riverstone ZS. Non-network Opportunities The main contribution to the peak demand comes from the residential sector air conditioning on hot summer days. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with residential air conditioning cycling, voluntary load reduction schemes and potentially embedded generation. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for residential demand management and the level of demand reduction potentially available. A non-network options report will be issued in due course to initiate submissions for non-network solutions with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network solution would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand, between the hours of 12:00 to 19:00 weekdays, by 3.0 MVA by summer 2024/25 in order to be effective. Network Options Network options that will be investigated include the construction a new zone substation in the North West Sector to cater for the load growth. 16 14 12 MVA 10 8 6 4 2 Figure 7: Riverstone ZS Load Profile 29 Jan 2014 127 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 Penrith 11kV ZS The constraint at Penrith ZS is driven by growth in the commercial sector and new industrial load applications. There is also a small amount of residential development west of the zone substation. The constraint is due to the 11kV transformer cables which have ratings less than the power transformers to which they are connected. A study will be conducted on the cables to determine their actual rating. It is anticipated that option investigation will commence in 2017. Screening Test The area supplied by Penrith 11kV ZS has opportunity for demand reduction within the commercial and industrial sectors and potentially within the residential sector. As the constraint is dependent on the spot loads appearing and residential growth, customer activity will be closely monitored. A watching brief will be maintained to monitor demand growth on Penrith 11kV ZS. Non-network Opportunities The main contributors to peak demand are from the commercial centre and the industrial sector. The residential area is contributing to load growth and the air conditioning load is contributing to the volatile summer peak demand. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with assisting the commercial and industrial sectors to become more efficient and in residential voluntary load reduction schemes. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for demand management and the level of demand reduction potentially available. Load curtailment opportunities in the commercial and industrial sectors will also be investigated. A non-network options report will be issued in due course to obtain submission for non-network solutions with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network solution would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand, between the hours of 11:00 to 17:00 weekdays. The level of demand reduction will be determined once the 11kV cable rating study is complete. Network Options Network options that will be investigated include replacing or uprating the 11kV transformer cables. In the longer term and dependant on load applications, a new substation may be required. 50 45 40 35 MVA 30 25 20 15 10 5 Figure 8: Penrith 11kV ZS Load Profile 16 January 2014 128 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 Glenmore Park ZS Glenmore Park ZS currently supplies the Glenmore Park residential area. The residential growth has been strong and is expected to continue at the same rate for the forecast period. The firm rating of the substation is expected to be reached in summer 2019/20 whereas the planning standards indicates that network augmentation may be deferred till the end of the forecast period. Screening Test The area supplied by Glenmore Park ZS has opportunity for demand reduction within the residential sector. An air conditioning cycling and voluntary load reduction residential program will be investigated as part of the screening test. A watching brief will be maintained to monitor demand growth on Glenmore Park ZS Non-network Opportunities The main contributor to peak demand is the residential sector air conditioning demand on hot summer days. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with residential air conditioning cycling and voluntary load reduction, load curtailment of other appliances such as pool pumps and potentially embedded generation. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for residential demand management and the level of demand reduction potentially available. A non-network options report will be issued in due course to obtain submissions for non-network solutions with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network solution would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand, between the hours of 15:00 to 19:00 weekdays, by 1.0 MVA at the end of the forecast period. Network Options Network options that will be investigated include the augmentation of Glenmore Park zone substation. 40 35 30 MVA 25 20 15 10 5 Figure 9: Glenmore Pare ZS 22 December 2013 129 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 Schofields ZS Schofield ZS supplies the new release areas of Schofield, Rouse Hill and The Ponds. The residential growth has been strong and is expected to continue at the same rate for the forecast period. The firm rating of the substation is expected to be reached in summer 2021/22 whereas the planning standards indicates that network augmentation may be deferred till the end of the forecast period. Screening Test The area supplied by Schofield Park ZS has opportunity for demand reduction within the residential sector. An air conditioning cycling and voluntary load reduction residential program will be investigated as part of the screening test. A watching brief will be maintained to monitor demand growth on Schofield ZS Non-network Opportunities The main contributor to peak demand is the residential sector air conditioning demand on hot summer days. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with residential air conditioning cycling and voluntary load reduction, load curtailment of other appliances such as pool pumps and potentially embedded generation. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for residential demand management and the level of demand reduction potentially available. A non-network options report will be issued in due course to obtain submissions for non-network solutions with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network solution would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand, between the hours of 15:00 to 19:00 weekdays, by 7.0 MVA at the end of the forecast period. Network Options Network options that will be investigated include the construction of a new zone substation. 18 16 14 12 MVA 10 8 6 4 2 Figure 10: Schofields ZS Load Profile 18 January 2014 130 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 4.3 SUB-TRANSMISSION FEEDERS Listed below are the identified network limitations on Endeavour Energy’s sub-transmission network. The Limitation Date indicates when both the firm rating (F) and capacity limitation rating (C) is exceeded. The ‘Capacity Limitation Rating Reached’ is when the limit is reached within the five year planning period. The acronym (NWP) means ‘Not within period’. Feeder Location Fdr No. Critical Season Existing Capacity (MVA) Lawson Transmission Substation Hazelbrook 808 S 22 ZS to Springwood Mt Druitt Transmission Substation TS to 490 S 34 St Marys & ZS 491 Mt Terry Transmission Substation TS to 7043 S 11.9 Tee Berry & & ZS* 7514 13.3 Nepean Transmission Substation TS to 311 S 29 Cawdor ZS & 306 2014/15 Demand Forecast (MVA) Capacity Limitation Rating Reached Limitation Date RITD Start Date Required Load Reduction (MVA) Potential Solutions 23.4 Yes (F) Nov 21 (C) Nov 21 Oct 2018 2 1. Transfer capacity 2. LDC at Lawson TS 3. Demand management 32.8 No (F) Nov 23 (C) NWP Oct 2021 1 1. Design temperature 2. Demand management 12.7 & 13.9 No (F) Nov 22 (C) Nov 22 Oct 2020 1 1. Design temperature 2. Demand management 32.1 Yes (F) Nov 15 (C) Nov 15 Oct 2015 3 1. Design temperature 2. Augment feeder 3. Demand management Table 175: Sub-transmission feeders limitations *Feeder 7514 to Berry ZS is supplied from Shoalhaven TS The network limitations listed above were identified as requiring a screening test for a non-network solution as part of the development of credible solutions. For each identified constraint details of the limitation and the main areas where demand reduction opportunities exist are discussed, including the time frame over which a non-network investigation and program implementation would need to operate. 131 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Hazelbrook to Springwood Feeder 808 Feeder 808 exceeds its capacity limitation when supplying Springwood ZS via Hazelbrook ZS on outage of feeder 824. There exists a 2 MVA transfer capacity via the 11kV network from Springwood ZS to Blaxland ZS and Hazelbrook ZS. This will assist in maintaining the peak demand to below the capacity limitation until summer 2022/23. Springwood ZS supplies the predominantly residential sector in the Blue Mountains. This area is experiencing a slow growth of about 0.1 MVA per annum. The summer peak demand is the issue for this part of the network due to the lower summer rating of feeder 808 being the limiting factor. It is a typical residential load profile driven by evening peak loads made up of mainly air conditioning and household appliances. Screening Test The area supplied by Springwood ZS has opportunity for demand reduction within the residential sector. An air conditioning cycling and voluntary load reduction residential program will be investigated as part of the screening test. A watching brief will be maintained to monitor demand growth on Springwood ZS. Non-network Opportunities The main contributor to peak demand is the residential sector air conditioning demand on hot summer days and cooking. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with residential air conditioning cycling, voluntary load reduction, load curtailment of other appliances such as pool pumps and potentially embedded generation. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for demand management and the level of demand reduction available. A Non-network Options Report will be issued in due course to obtain submission for non-network options with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network option would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand between the hours of 16:00 to 20:00 weekdays by 1.0 MVA summer. Network Options Network options that will be investigated include the development of additional 11kV transfer capacity and the installation of Line Drop Compensation (LDC) at Lawson TS. This will reduce the level of demand to be supplied via feeder 808. 25 20 MVA 15 10 5 Figure 11: Springwood ZS Load Profile 22 December 2013 132 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 Mount Druitt TS to St Marys ZS Feeders 490 & 491 Feeders 490 and 491 supply St Marys ZS. Each feeder exceeds its capacity limitation on an outage of the other feeder. The limitation is reached in summer 2013/14. There exists a 2 MVA transfer capacity via the 11kV network from St Marys ZS to Mamre ZS. This will assist in maintaining the peak demand to below the capacity limitation until summer 2014/15. St Marys ZS supplies the residential areas of St Marys, Colyton, St Clair and Erskine Park. It also supplies St Marys commercial centre. This area is experiencing a slow growth of about 0.2 MVA per annum and exhibits a typical summer residential load profile driven by evening peak loads made up of mainly air conditioning and other household appliances. Screening Test The area supplied by St Marys ZS has opportunity for demand reduction within the residential sector with the potential of some demand reduction in the commercial. The feasibility of a residential air condition cycling and voluntary load reduction program will be investigated as part of the screening test. A watching brief will be maintained to monitor demand growth on St Marys ZS. Non-network Opportunities The main contributor to peak demand is the residential sector air conditioning demand on hot summer days coinciding with the use of other household appliances. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with residential air conditioning cycling, voluntary load reduction, load curtailment of other appliances such as swimming pool pumps and potentially embedded generation. The commercial sector contains several large shopping centres and a major customer. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for demand management and the level of demand reduction available. A Non-network Options Report will be issued in due course to obtain submissions for non-network options with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network option would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand between the hours of 16:00 to 20:00 weekdays, by 1.0 MVA at the end of the forecast period. Network Options Network options that will be investigated include the development of additional 11kV transfer capacity and the re-rating of feeders 490 and 491 to a higher temperature design rating. This will defer the network limitation to beyond the planning period. 35 30 25 MVA 20 15 10 5 Figure 12: St Marys ZS Load Profile 22 December 2013 133 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 Mt Terry TS to Berry ZS Feeder 7043 & 7514 Feeder 7043 supplies Berry ZS from Mt Terry TS via a Tee connection. On loss of feeder 7515 (Shoalhaven TS to Berry ZS) feeder 7043 exceeds its thermal capacity. The limitation is reached in summer 2019/20 when the back-up supply to Berry ZS is required. Berry ZS supplies the township of Berry and surrounding rural / residential load type. This area is experiencing slow growth of about 0.3 MVA per annum. There is a small residential development within the Berry ZS load area. The area experiences an increase in demand during school holiday period and the network limitation is experienced during summer peak periods driven by hot weather coinciding with the holiday period. Screening Test The area supplied by Berry ZS has limited opportunity for demand reduction within the residential / rural sector. Notwithstanding this, the feasibility of a residential voluntary load reduction program will be investigated as part of the screening test. A watching brief will be maintained to monitor demand growth on Berry ZS. Non-network Opportunities The main contributor to peak demand is the residential sector air conditioning demand on hot summer days coinciding with the holiday period. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with residential air conditioning cycling, voluntary load reduction and potentially embedded generation. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for demand management and the level of demand reduction available. A Non-network Options Report will be issued in due course to obtain submissions for non-network options with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network option would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand, between the hours of 14:00 to 20:00 weekdays, by 0.5 MVA in summer 2020/21 growing by 0.3 MVA per annum. Network Options Network options will be investigated in due course. 8 7 6 MVA 5 4 3 2 1 Figure 13: Feeder 7043 Mt Terry TS to Berry ZS Load Profile 6 July 2013 134 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 Nepean TS to Cawdor ZS Feeders 311 & 306 Feeders 311 and 306 connect Nepean 33kV TS and Cawdor ZS. On loss of either feeder the other feeder exceeds their thermal capacity. The limitation is reached in summer 2015/16. Cawdor ZS supplies Cawdor, Camden South, Camden Park and Menangle. The load type is residential / rural with some township centres. This area is experiencing slow growth of about 0.1 MVA per annum. Screening Test The area supplied by Cawdor ZS has limited opportunity for demand reduction within the rural / residential sector. The feasibility of voluntary load reduction and other demand management programs will be investigated as part of the screening test. An investigation is planned to be conducted during 2014/15. Non-network Opportunities The main contributor to peak demand is the rural / residential sector air conditioning demand on hot summer days. Opportunities for demand reduction exist with residential air conditioning cycling, voluntary load reduction and potentially embedded generation. Endeavour Energy will investigate the potential for residential demand management and the level of demand reduction available. A Nonnetwork Options Report will be issued in due course to obtain submissions for non-network options with a positive outcome of the screening test. A non-network option would need to reduce the summer afternoon peak demand, between the hours of 13:00 to 20:00 weekdays, by 4.2 MVA. Network Options Network options will be investigated including reactive support to boost voltage levels. 30 25 MVA 20 15 10 5 Figure 14: Cawdor ZS Load Profile 15 January 2014 135 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 12 AM 0 PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION FEEDERS 4.4 For any primary distribution feeders for which Endeavour Energy has prepared forecasts of maximum demands and which are currently experiencing an overload, or are forecast to experience an overload in the next two years, Endeavour Energy must set out: The location of the primary distribution feeder; The extent to which load exceeds, or is forecast to exceed, 100% (or lower utilisation factor, as appropriate) of the normal cyclic rating under normal conditions (in summer periods or winter periods); The types of potential solutions that may address the overload or forecast overload; and Where an estimated reduction in forecast load would defer a forecast overload for a period of 12 months, including: An estimate of the month and year in which the overload is forecast to occur; A summary of the location of relevant connection points at which the estimated reduction in forecast load would defer the overload; The estimated reduction in forecast load in MW needed to defer the forecast system limitation. Note: The normal rating of an 11kV feeder cable emanating from a zone substation is 4/5 of 300 amps, (the rating of the cable). This equates to 240 amps. The 4/5 rule allows for 1/5 of the full thermal rating of the feeder to be available for transfer of load from an adjacent feeder under first level emergency conditions. Note: In the table below, “Cap + Fdr” means that the feeder is double cabled with a capacitor bank and the actual load will be subject to further investigation. Location Feeder Ambarvale t868 Ambarvale t869 Anzac Village az1227 Anzac Village az1272 Bella Vista 49319 Bella Vista 49341 Blaxland r256 Bonnyrigg 52238 Bonnyrigg 8762 Bonnyrigg 8773 Bonnyrigg 8774 Bonnyrigg 8780 Bossley Park l510 Bossley Park l516 Bossley Park l519 Bossley Park l519-b Bow Bowing w185 Season Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Extent of Primary Feeder Overload (% above normal cyclic rating) 13/14 Actual 14/15 15/16 15.4% 20.0% 21.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1.3% 5.2% 6.6% 2.1% 6.1% 7.5% 0.0% 2.6% 7.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.2% 6.8% 11.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 16.9% 0.0% 10.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 13.0% 0.0% 4.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 6.2% 9.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 6.1% 12.5% 15.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 21.9% 32.2% 35.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 24.8% 30.1% 33.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.9% 13.5% 16.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 13.4% 22.9% 26.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 12.9% 28.2% 29.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 13.9% 28.5% 30.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 19.8% 33.0% 34.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 20.1% 33.4% 35.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 12.5% 3.6% 2.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 136 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Reduction Required (MVA) 0.98 Potential Solution Do Nothing 0.34 Existing Project 0.33 Monitor 0.54 Monitor 0.77 Load Transfer Rq'd Monitor 0.59 0.43 0.71 Load Transfer Rq'd Existing Project 1.63 Cap + Fdr 1.53 Existing Project 0.76 Existing Project 1.20 Cap + Fdr 1.36 Cap + Fdr 1.37 Existing Project 1.58 Do Nothing 1.60 Load transfer Rq'd Cap + Fdr 0.57 Location Feeder Bow Bowing w191 Bow Bowing w194 Bringelly x877 Bringelly x879 Campbelltown ct1202 Campbelltown ct1210 Campbelltown ct1225 Campbelltown ct1296 Carramar d845 Casula ca1254 Casula ca1269 Casula ca1284 Cawdor cd1204 Cawdor cd1241 Cawdor cd1260 Cawdor cd1267 Cawdor cd1271 Cawdor cd1297 Cheriton Ave cj1245 Chipping Norton Chipping Norton Chipping Norton Chipping Norton Chipping Norton Claremont Meadows Cranebrook cn1210 c806 Cranebrook c809 Doonside ds1204 Doonside ds1235 Doonside ds1256 Dundas 2815 Dundas 5495 Eastern Creek 54701 cn1213 cn1254 cn1258 cn1261 cs1284 Season Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Extent of Primary Feeder Overload (% above normal cyclic rating) 13/14 Actual 14/15 15/16 18.8% 9.4% 7.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 12.1% 3.2% 1.6% 15.0% 0.0% 0.0% 43.8% 61.7% 41.6% 14.1% 26.2% 10.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 7.9% 0.0% 9.2% 11.6% 19.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1.3% 8.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 25.8% 28.6% 37.2% 28.3% 29.0% 37.6% 23.8% 26.5% 34.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.4% 20.6% 23.2% 0.0% 0.0% 2.1% 0.0% 0.0% 26.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 7.5% 0.0% 60.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 30.5% 0.0% 94.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 6.0% 20.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2.9% 75.7% 100.4% 0.0% 34.4% 53.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 15.2% 31.5% 10.4% 88.5% 115.0% 0.0% 25.9% 43.6% 0.0% 61.5% 84.2% 0.0% 2.4% 16.9% 0.0% 62.2% 85.0% 0.0% 24.5% 42.0% 9.9% 0.0% 2.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 47.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 10.2% 0.0% 260.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 20.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 106.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 20.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 83.4% 86.7% 67.1% 53.2% 55.9% 39.5% 18.3% 20.4% 18.4% 0.7% 2.5% 0.0% 0.0% 1.3% 0.0% 0.0% 13.7% 0.0% 0.0% 59.2% 0.0% 0.0% 23.4% 0.0% 0.0% 44.7% 0.0% 0.0% 57.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 14.1% 20.9% 28.9% 0.0% 0.0% 3.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.4% 137 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Reduction Required (MVA) 0.86 Potential Solution Cap + Fdr 0.69 Monitor 2.82 Do Nothing 0.36 Load transfer Rq'd New Feeder 0.87 0.37 1.72 1.60 1.06 1.22 Load transfer Rq'd Load Transfer Rq'd Load Transfer Rq'd Monitor 0.96 Load Transfer Rq'd Load Transfer Rq'd Load Transfer Rq'd Monitor 4.59 Monitor 1.44 Monitor 5.26 Monitor 3.85 Monitor 3.89 Monitor 0.45 Load Transfer Rq'd Load Transfer Rq'd Load Transfer Rq'd Do Nothing 2.75 4.32 2.18 11.91 0.91 4.86 0.94 Load Transfer Rq'd Do Nothing 0.00 Monitor 4.57 HVC 1.81 HVC 0.62 Monitor 2.71 Monitor 2.65 Monitor 0.04 Monitor 1.32 Load transfer Rq'd Monitor 0.18 Location Feeder Emu Plains 55354 Emu Plains c848 Emu Plains c851 Emu Plains c852 Emu Plains c854 Emu Plains c857 Emu Plains c868 Emu Plains c869 Fairfield ff1280 Figtree ft1202 Figtree ft1208 Figtree ft1209 Figtree ft1210 Glenmore Park Glenmore Park Glenmore Park Glenmore Park Hinchinbrook s766 48159 Hinchinbrook 48168 Hinchinbrook 48189 Homepride a319 Huntingwood ht1219 Huntingwood ht1238 Huntingwood ht1246 Huntingwood ht1267 Huntingwood ht1268 Huntingwood ht1279 Huntingwood ht1291 Huntingwood ht1293 Inner Harbour ihj2 Jasper Road 55885 Kellyville 8641 Kenthurst s738 s768 s772a s776 Season Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Extent of Primary Feeder Overload (% above normal cyclic rating) 13/14 Actual 14/15 15/16 0.0% 3.5% 5.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 10.6% 12.5% 0.0% 19.4% 21.5% 0.0% 5.8% 7.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 9.1% 11.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 13.5% 15.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.5% 0.0% 14.7% 16.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 22.5% 24.7% 0.0% 22.5% 24.6% 0.0% 6.9% 8.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 9.4% 0.0% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 11.5% 15.9% 0.0% 7.5% 11.7% 0.0% 11.3% 15.7% 0.0% 11.6% 16.0% 0.0% 41.8% 47.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 7.2% 11.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.2% 3.6% 13.7% 14.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2.3% 3.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.7% 5.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.8% 17.0% 17.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.2% 9.2% 20.3% 43.6% 52.1% 3.2% 23.2% 30.4% 22.5% 41.0% 49.3% 0.0% 4.1% 10.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 12.8% 14.6% 19.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 14.5% 0.0% 0.0% 16.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 197.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 28.7% 0.0% 0.0% 65.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 145.4% 0.0% 0.0% 140.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 154.0% 0.0% 0.0% 97.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.9% 0.0% 0.0% 7.6% 8.3% 16.2% 18.4% 25.2% 34.3% 36.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2.1% 22.0% 0.0% 4.2% 24.5% 1.2% 138 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Reduction Required (MVA) 0.24 Potential Solution Monitor 0.98 Cap + Fdr 0.35 Monitor 0.50 Monitor 0.71 Monitor 0.77 Monitor 1.13 HVC 0.40 Monitor 0.43 Monitor 0.73 Do Nothing 0.73 Do Nothing 2.17 Do Nothing 0.52 Do Nothing 0.66 New Feeder 0.14 Cap + Fdr 0.25 Monitor 0.82 Existing Project 0.42 Monitor 2.38 0.89 Load Transfer Rq'd Load Transfer Rq'd Cap + Fdr 0.66 Do Nothing 0.77 Do Nothing 9.01 Do Nothing 1.31 Do Nothing 2.98 Do Nothing 6.65 Do Nothing 7.04 Do Nothing 4.44 Do Nothing 0.35 Do Nothing 1.68 0.02 Load Transfer Rq'd Monitor 1.12 Monitor 2.25 Location Feeder Kenthurst s743 Kenthurst s744 Kentlyn j489 Kingswood 9025 Luddenham a096 Macquarie Fields Mamre m388 mm1112 Mamre mm1192 Mamre mm1202 Mamre mm1292 Mamre mm1362 Marayong 1949 Marayong 1949-a Marayong 1959 Marayong 1962 Marayong 1963 Minto j467 Jordan Springs Jordan Springs Moorebank 53312-1b 6420 Moorebank 6431 Mungerie Park Narellan mr2299 27027 Narellan 27029 Narellan 27030 Narellan 27039 Narellan 55163 Narellan 55169 Narellan 55173 Newton l543 North Richmond North Parramatta Northmead 27446 53314-2a 16647 3351 Season Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Extent of Primary Feeder Overload (% above normal cyclic rating) 13/14 Actual 14/15 15/16 0.0% 4.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.7% 18.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 15.0% 9.9% 10.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 25.5% 9.2% 8.4% 4.8% 18.1% 18.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2.3% 0.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 29.1% 0.0% 0.0% 29.8% 0.0% 0.0% 52.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 33.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 39.1% 36.3% 37.3% 20.5% 20.1% 21.0% 10.2% 6.7% 7.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 35.5% 32.6% 33.6% 10.0% 9.7% 10.5% 12.6% 12.3% 13.1% 19.2% 18.8% 19.7% 12.9% 6.6% 7.4% 4.2% 1.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 19.8% 112.7% 141.0% 0.0% 48.0% 67.7% 17.3% 103.6% 130.7% 0.0% 37.3% 55.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 14.6% 3.7% 0.0% 25.0% 13.2% 0.0% 27.0% 14.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 7.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 4.6% 20.5% 21.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.4% 15.7% 16.5% 0.0% 2.3% 2.9% 0.0% 7.5% 8.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.4% 21.5% 22.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 25.3% 41.4% 42.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 10.9% 11.6% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1.8% 2.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 17.5% 21.2% 18.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 29.5% 51.5% 47.4% 0.0% 13.6% 10.6% 25.5% 0.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.1% 6.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 139 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Reduction Required (MVA) 0.22 Monitor 0.85 Monitor 0.69 1.17 Load Transfer Rq'd Do Nothing 0.83 Monitor 0.10 Monitor 1.36 0.08 Solution Required Solution Required Solution Required Do Nothing 0.16 Monitor 1.79 Do Nothing 0.96 HVC 1.62 Monitor 0.60 Do Nothing 0.90 HVC 0.19 Cap + Fdr 6.45 Existing Project 5.98 Existing Project 0.67 Cap + Fdr 1.23 HVC 0.35 Monitor 0.97 Cap + Fdr 0.75 Monitor 0.38 Monitor 1.02 Monitor 1.94 Do Nothing 0.53 Monitor 0.11 Monitor 0.97 2.35 Load Transfer Rq'd Existing Project 1.17 Existing Project 0.28 Monitor 2.39 1.51 Potential Solution Location Feeder Northmead 3354 Northmead 3360 Oran Park Parklea mc1252a mc1252b 25773 Parklea 25777 Plumpton 8693 Plumpton 8694 Quakers Hill b713 Quakers Hill b720 Quarries 27500 Richmond 4368 Richmond 4369 Richmond 4374 Riverstone a051 Rooty Hill t888 Rooty Hill t889 Rooty Hill t895 Rosehill rs1207 Schofields sc1238 Schofields sc1241 Schofields sc1271 Schofields sc1289 Seven Hills 8621 Sherwood 9046 Sherwood 9055 Sherwood 9056 South Windsor Springwood sz1122 19857 Werrington 35767 West Castle Hill West Liverpool West Pennant Hills 27194 Oran Park wl1292 x859 Season Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Extent of Primary Feeder Overload (% above normal cyclic rating) 13/14 Actual 14/15 15/16 0.0% 0.0% 0.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 6.2% 12.6% 0.0% 0.0% 4.1% 0.0% 120.2% 163.5% 0.0% 64.8% 97.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 10.8% 32.6% 13.1% 23.4% 21.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2.1% 3.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 8.2% 1.7% 4.7% 36.2% 52.5% 60.5% 108.7% 133.7% 21.8% 19.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 23.9% 23.6% 0.0% 8.5% 7.3% 0.0% 1.4% 1.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.5% 5.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.5% 0.0% 9.5% 20.5% 7.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 10.0% 21.5% 8.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 20.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 25.2% 0.0% 0.0% 5.7% 0.0% 0.0% 15.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 3.9% 50.8% 0.0% 0.0% 14.7% 14.6% 0.0% 0.3% 7.3% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 10.5% 13.6% 0.0% 1.1% 4.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1.6% 4.4% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 16.6% 11.5% 19.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 64.5% 50.4% 58.4% 32.3% 27.4% 34.2% 3.8% 0.0% 2.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 17.3% 24.2% 24.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.6% 5.3% 11.2% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 18.0% 140 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Reduction Required (MVA) 0.02 Potential Solution Monitor 0.57 Monitor 7.47 Existing Project 1.49 Existing Project 1.07 0.04 Solution Required Monitor 0.15 Monitor 0.04 Monitor 0.11 Monitor 0.37 Cap + Fdr 6.11 HVC 1.00 Existing Project 1.09 HVC 0.07 Cap + Fdr 0.23 Monitor 0.02 Do Nothing 0.94 Monitor 0.98 Monitor 0.25 Monitor 0.94 Monitor 1.15 Monitor 0.69 Monitor 2.32 Monitor 0.67 HVC 0.62 Monitor 0.18 Monitor 0.20 Monitor 0.88 2.95 Load Transfer Rq'd Do Nothing 0.17 Monitor 1.12 0.51 Solution Required Do Nothing 0.82 Monitor Location Feeder West Pennant Hills West Pennant Hills West Wetherill Park West Wetherill Park Wetherill Park x866 wq1253 Whalan wh1224 Whalan wh1257 Whalan wh1276 Windsor wd1225 Windsor wd1251 Windsor wd1258 Woodpark m169 x867 wx1244 wx1280 Season Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Summer Winter Extent of Primary Feeder Overload (% above normal cyclic rating) 13/14 Actual 14/15 15/16 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 1.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 37.1% 22.9% 16.5% 19.4% 20.5% 13.7% 16.5% 47.1% 38.2% 41.6% 2.9% 0.0% 0.0% 14.0% 5.0% 10.1% 3.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.4% 6.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 5.8% 6.5% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 2.1% 2.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 13.2% 17.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 41.2% 57.6% 62.9% 15.9% 32.7% 37.2% 11.5% 29.5% 33.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 17.5% 6.3% 9.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Table 176: Overloaded primary distribution feeders 141 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Reduction Required (MVA) 0.09 Monitor 1.70 Monitor 1.04 0.64 Load Transfer Rq'd Load Transfer Rq'd HVC 0.27 Monitor 0.30 Monitor 0.12 Monitor 0.78 Monitor 2.88 1.55 Load Transfer Rq'd Existing Project 0.80 Cap + Fdr 2.15 Potential Solution 5.0 NETWORK INVESTMENT 5.1 RIT-D’S COMPLETED OR IN PROGRESS For more information regarding the Screening Results see Section 9.1.1. There are no RIT-Ds currently in progress. The following is a list of projects that are in progress under the former Regulatory Test as part of transitional arrangements to the new rules. RIT-D Project Far South Coast 132kV Voltage constraints (PR479) Menangle Park ZS (PR258) Liverpool CBD (PR673) RIT-D Status Transitional Project Identified need Voltage issues in the far South Coast area (Shoalhaven/Nowra) Options Analysis underway New residential development driven by Urban Growth NSW Transitional Project Thermal capacity constraints in Liverpool CBD Impact on Network Users Project Cost Improved voltage in subject area Project Cost Screening Result Not Feasible Credible options Not Feasible Project Cost and ability for new customers to connect Not Feasible 1. Build new ZS 2. Install temporary or mobile substation 3. Develop 11kV capacity 1. Augment 11kV feeder capacity and 11kV switchboard 2. Build new zone substation 1. Build new TransGrid BSP 2. Install reactive voltage support Table 177: Project proposed for transitional RIT-D exemption – high level summary Discussion on RIT-D Projects Proposed to be Exempt from RIT-D Far South Coast 132kV Voltage Constraints The existing ‘Southern’ South Coast 132kV network extends from Dapto BSP in the Wollongong area down to the interface with Essential Energy’s Batemans Bay and Moruya North system (beyond Evans Lane SS). Following a review of forecasts and transmission line ratings for the area, it has been established via joint planning with TransGrid, that a new bulk supply point for the area can be deferred indefinitely if voltage constraints in Endeavour Energy’s network are able to be managed. Current analysis indicates that transformers in the transmission and zone substations in the region reach their tapping range limits under peak load conditions from 2014. Since capacity constraints are no longer present, a bulk supply point is no longer the preferred network option to address the remaining voltage related constraints. Accordingly, this project will address the issue of voltage constraints. Menangle Park ZS The Menangle Park urban release area was rezoned by the Minister for Planning and Infrastructure as part of the Gateway Determination process and allows for approximately 3,400 lots, a commercial centre, employment lands and community and recreational facilities. A significant proportion of this area is being developed by Urban Growth NSW. The existing electrical infrastructure in the area caters for existing rural uses. The closest zone substations are Nepean ZS, 6km to the North, and Ambarvale ZS, approximately 6km to the North East. Two 66kV feeders run on either side of the development area and TransGrid’s Macarthur Bulk Supply point is located on the northern boundary of the area. Approximately 200 lots are able to be supplied from the existing distribution network and any further growth in demand will require a new zone substation to be established. Liverpool CBD This project is required to mitigate existing thermal capacity constraints associated with the 11kV CBD underground feeder cable network and to provide capacity for ongoing development in the Liverpool City Centre. Residential and commercial developments currently occurring in the CBD include 29 registered development applications with Liverpool City Council to September 2013 with 19 of these approved or under construction and 14 load applications processed by Endeavour Energy. Load growth from CBD development has depleted spare capacity in several 11kV CBD feeders. Proposed development over the next 3 years is at risk of being compromised if nothing is done to address the identified capacity constraints. 142 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Projects in Progress RIT-D Project Feeders 851 & 582 Southern Nepean * Cost of Preferred Option ($m) Under investigation Construction Timetable 2015/16 Credible Options 1. Third 66kV Feeder 2. Non-network option – embedded generation Net economic Benefit ($m) Under investigation Table 178: RIT-D projects in progress – high level summary *Endeavour is seeking formal clarification as to whether this project may be exempted from RID-D. Discussion on RIT-D Projects in Progress Feeder 308 Nepean TS – Douglas Park SS The 66kV feeders 851 and 852 supply the southern Nepean area which includes eight major customer zone substations and five Endeavour Energy substations The feeders are rated at 60 MVA Summer each. There are two major embedded generation plants at major customer sites. There is a potential of a combined generation output is 55 – 60 MW. However, there is no guarantee of supply and any minimum generation level. At times, during peak, the generation output has dropped below critical levels exposing the sub-transmission network to load at risk. Projects Completed No RIT-D projects have been completed. RIT-D Project Cost of Preferred Option ($m) Construction Timetable Credible Options Net economic Benefit ($m) Nil entry Table 179: RIT-D projects completed – high level summary Discussion on RIT-D Projects Completed Nil entry 5.2 UPCOMING RIT-D’S FOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS This section provides an estimate of the month and year when the regulatory investment test for distribution is expected to commence for each identified system limitation requiring the test. The following table lists the projects that Endeavour Energy expects to commence in the next regulatory period. All of these projects will service greenfield housing and employment development areas. The RIT-D dates have not been finalised due to two factors: firstly, a funding determination for the 2014-2019 regulatory period is still in progress; and secondly the projects are all development dependent and the pace of development and the extent of existing capacity available in the adjacent network will determine the network need for a particular project which will then determine the RIT-D timing. RIT-D Project Limitation PR184 Box Hill ZS New release area - Development dependent project New release area - Development dependent project New release area - Development dependent project PR656 South Leppington ZS (permanent ZS) PR190 Eschol Park ZS PR292 South Marden Park Stage 2 PR425 Austral ZS RIT-D Commencement To be determined To be determined To be determined To be determined PR444 Culburra Beach Development New release area - Development dependent project New release area - Development dependent project New release area - Development dependent project New release area - Development dependent project New release area - Development dependent project PR499 Oakdale Industrial ZS New release area - Development dependent project To be determined PR427 Leppington North ZS PR437 Catherine Field ZS To be determined To be determined To be determined To be determined Credible Options Establish new ZS Extend existing distribution network Establish new ZS Extend existing distribution network Establish new ZS Extend existing distribution network Demand Management Establish new ZS Extend existing distribution network Establish new ZS Extend existing distribution network Establish new ZS Extend existing distribution network Establish new ZS Extend existing distribution network Establish new ZS Establish new sub-transmission feeder Extend existing distribution network Establish new ZS Extend existing distribution network Table 180: RIT-D projects identified for future analysis – high level summary depend on pace and progress of development for development dependent projects. 143 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 *RIT-D Commencement are indicative and 5.3 COMMITTED INVESTMENTS A committed project is one that is included in the works program and allocated a scheduled commencement date. The projects identified below are those that are included in the five year planning period and have an estimated capital cost of $2 million or more. The projects are also those that address a refurbishment or replacement need or an urgent and unforeseen network issue. 5.3.1 REFURBISHMENT AND REPLACEMENT INVESTMENTS Endeavour Energy has identified refurbishment or replacement projects as tabulated below. Discussion of the alternative options considered by Endeavour Energy is provided below the table. Project Number DS005 Project Name Description Purpose Estimated Cost ($m) $12.2 Approval Date April 2014 Distribution pole replacement (capital) Replacement of distribution poles at end of life DS006 LV CONSAC cable replacement DS007 Replacement of LV CONSAC distribution cables which are failing at end of life $9.8 April 2014 Service mains replacement program Distribution HV steel mains replacement program Ground substation refurbishment Replacement of LV service mains at end of life The replacement of 90km of high risk steel mains in the 2013/14 and 2014/15 years $59.1 $12.90 January 2014 June 2013 The replacement of ground substations with padmount substations at end of life $4.34 June 2014 Distribution transformer replacement Air-break switch replacement The replacement of distribution transformers at end of life $3.17 June 2014 The replacement of distribution air-break switches at end of life $3.03 June 2014 TM012 Sub-transmission pole replacement Replacement of sub-transmission poles at end of life $2.14 June 2014 TM014 Gas and oil cable replacement $7.40 August 2012 TM023 Replacement of 132kV cable 233 Hardex replacement Replacement of gas and oil insulated 33kV with specialist maintenance requirements at end of effective life at Port Kembla. Replacement of 132kV oil cable 233 at end of life (After sheath failure and loss of oil) End of life replacement of Hardex pilot wire systems on 33kV feeders throughout western Sydney. Replace with OPGW and/or ADSS optical fibre. Complete the optical fibre network between zone substations, transmission substations and depots Replacement of steel overhead earthwires on sub-transmission lines which are corroded and at risk of failure Substantial reconstruction of the 33kV feeders which have reached the end of their life and which supply the Avon and Nepean Dam facilities End of life replacement of Rydalmere ZS. Indoor 66kV and 11kV switchgear. One new power transformer, two existing transformers refurbished and retained. End of life replacement of Leabons Lane ZS. New 33kV and 11kV switchgear and low noise power transformers. Utilising existing control building with extension. End of life replacement of St Marys ZS, utilising existing control building and retaining some sections of 11kV switchgear End of life replacement of Guildford TS with new indoor 132kV and 33kV switchgear and new power transformers $8.70 August 2012 September 2012 2015 $5.48 Oct 2013 2015 $8.70 Feb 2014 2017 $22.40 August 2010 2017 $16.10 July 2011 2015 $18.10 July 2011 2015 $62.5 December 2008 2015 DS011 DS301 DS302 DS405 TM133 TM171 Replacement of overhead earthwires TM404 TS102 Refurbishment of the Mittagong to Avon/Nepean Dam 33kV feeders Rydalmere ZS TS122 Leabons Lane ZS TS123 St Marys ZS TS125 Guildford TS 144 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 $24.90 Completion Date June 2015 (ongoing program) June 2015 (ongoing program) June 2019 June 2015 (ongoing program) June 2015 (ongoing program) June 2015 (ongoing program) June 2015 (ongoing program) June 2015 (ongoing program) 2016 2015 Project Number TS127 Project Name Description Purpose Castle Hill ZS TS143 Westmead ZS End of life replacement of Castle Hill ZS. Refurbished outdoor 66kV and indoor 11kV switchgear. Retain existing new low noise power transformers and 66kV CBs. Replacement of power transformers, 33kV switchgear, auxiliary switchgear and protection and control. Replacement of 11kV oil CB’s with vacuum trucks Estimated Cost ($m) $14.0 Approval Date September 2009 Completion Date 2015 $7.40 April 2012 2016 Table 181: Refurbishment, replacement need Discussion of Alternative Options Identified The following table provides further detail of each of the projects listed above including a discussion of alternative options considered. Project Number DS005 Project Name Location Distribution pole replacement Various Alternative Options Considered Nil DS006 LV CONSAC cable replacement Various Nil DS007 Service mains replacement program Distribution HV steel mains replacement Various Nil Various rural locations Nil DS301 Ground substation refurbishment Various DS302 Distribution transformer replacement Air-break switch replacement Various Decommissioning of the substation Replacing with a padmount substation Replacing with an indoor substation Nil Various Nil TM012 Sub-transmission pole replacement Various Nil TM014 Gas and oil cable replacement Outer Harbour – Port Kembla TM023 Replacement of 132kV cable 233 Parramatta Rosehill Run to failure Continued maintenance of the cables Replacement with low maintenance XLPE technology Replace failed section in same route Replace whole cable on new route TM133 Hardex replacement with optical fibre Western Sydney Continued maintenance of existing HARDEX pilot/earthwire system. Replacement like for like with copper pilots TM171 Replacement of overhead earthwires South Coast Earthwires removed Earthwires replaced DS011 DS405 145 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Preferred Option Rationale Poles are replaced at end of life. The lines are required in their current positions for the foreseeable future No feasible alternative at present. The cables are required to supply customers for the foreseeable future No feasible alternative at present. The service mains are required to supply customers for the foreseeable future No feasible alternative at present. Risk of initiating bushfire and safety impacts to rural personnel are drivers. In the future, stand-alone remote area power supplies may provide an alternative option Different solutions are selected based on the needs at each site The transformers are replaced at end of life. The substations are required in their current positions for the foreseeable future Switches are replaced at end of life. The switches are required in their current positions for the foreseeable future Poles are replaced at end of life. The lines are required in their current positions for the foreseeable future EE does not have the skills to continue to maintain these types of cables. Furthermore, EE currently has a policy of replacing subtransmission assets prior to failure so that replacement can be affected in an efficient manner EE does not have the skills to continue to maintain these types of cables. Furthermore, EE currently has a policy of replacing subtransmission assets prior to failure. Existing route was congested and failure occurred under major roadway. Cable capacity required for foreseeable future. New route selected for replacement cable. Continued failures causing loss of feeders ruled out continuance of maintenance. Optical fibre replacement similar cost as copper and provided additional benefits of SCADA, security, engineering and corporate communications. Earthwires are removed and or replaced at different locations depending on the requirements at each location Project Number TM404 Project Name Location Refurbishment of the Mittagong to Avon/Nepean Dam 33kV feeders Mittagong TS102 Rydalmere ZS Redevelopment Rydalmere TS122 Leabons Lane ZS Redevelopment Seven Hills TS123 St Marys ZS Redevelopment St Marys TS125 Guildford TS Guildford TS127 Castle Hill ZS Redevelopment Castle Hill Alternative Options Considered Rebuild line in situ Rebuild line on a new alignment Provide a new line to the dams from either Cordeaux or Tahmoor Use existing network Like for like piecemeal replacement Replacement on another site Redevelopment within existing site Redevelopment on existing site including purchase of adjacent property Use existing network Like for like piecemeal replacement Redevelopment within existing site with new control building Redevelopment within existing site with new 11kV in control building and outdoor 33kV switchyard Redevelopment of 33kV and 11kV within existing site retaining and extending existing control building. Use existing network Like for like piecemeal replacement Redevelopment within existing site with new control building. Redevelopment within existing site retaining and extending existing control building. Use existing network Like for like piecemeal replacement Redevelopment within existing site with new control building. Redevelopment on adjacent site Use existing network (remove after Cheriton Ave ZS commissioned). Like for like piecemeal replacement. 146 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Preferred Option Rationale Rebuilding the line on a new alignment provide the lowest cost option which met with outage requirements. There were no non-network solutions available for these lines given the critical water supply infrastructure which they supplied. The substation was required in the same location with the same capacity for the foreseeable future. Primary, secondary and ancillary equipment had reached the end of its life. Transformer noise levels needed to be reduced. Rebuilding on the existing site including purchase of the property next door was the lowest cost practicable option. The substation was required in the same location with the same capacity for the foreseeable future. Primary, secondary and ancillary equipment had reached the end of its life. Transformer noise levels needed to be reduced. New 33kV and 11kV indoor switchgear within the existing control building after extension was the lowest cost practicable option The substation was required in the same location with the same capacity for the foreseeable future. Primary, secondary and ancillary equipment had reached the end of its life. Transformer noise levels needed to be reduced. New indoor switchgear within the existing control building after extension was the lowest cost practicable option The substation was required in the same location with the same capacity but increased functionality as the 132kV switching hub for the Parramatta CBD area. The 132kV switchyard and power transformers reached the end of their lives and there were limitations on the 33kV switchgear fault rating. Given the critical role the substation played in supplying Parramatta CBD, construction of a new indoor GIS substation adjacent the existing substation whilst the existing substation remained in service was the most practicable option The substation was required in the same location with the same capacity for the foreseeable future. Primary, secondary and ancillary equipment had reached the end of its life. Transformer noise levels needed to be reduced. New indoor switchgear within the existing control building after extension was the lowest cost practicable option Project Number TS143 Project Name Location Westmead ZS Westmead Alternative Options Considered Use existing network Decommission 33kV switchgear Replace 11kV switchboard Replacement of 11kV CBs with vacuum trucks Preferred Option Rationale The piecemeal replacement approach in this instance allowed the substation to be renewed and transformers and 33kV switchgear replaced whilst maintaining supply to the principle customer, which was Westmead Hospital Table 182: Refurbishment, replacement need – project details 5.3.2 URGENT AND UNFORSEEN INVESTMENTS The identified urgent and unforeseen network issues are tabulated below. Project Number Nil entry Project Name Description Purpose Estimated Cost ($m) Table 183: Urgent and unforseen network issues 147 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Approval Date Completion Date Alternative Options 6.0 JOINT PLANNING Joint Planning is carried out with TransGrid on a biannual basis. Minutes are maintained and action plans developed. Areas where network limitations and/or network developments affect the electricity networks on both TransGrid and Endeavour Energy as discussed below. 6.1 JOINT PLANNING WITH TRANSGRID 6.1.1 PROCESS & METHODOLOGY Endeavour Energy confers with TransGrid on technical matters relating to Endeavour Energy’s connections with TransGrid at all TransGrid bulk supply points (TransGrid connection points). These matters include: Forecast loads for all BSP’s supplying Endeavour Energy Supply capability at all BSP’s supplying Endeavour Energy Exchange of system modelling data Coordination of loading requirements on individual BSP’s and across other BSP’s New BSP requirements and connection arrangements Coordination of communication, protection and control requirements Coordination of other operational requirements Clause 5.14.1 of the NER sets out the planning process and consultation requirements and includes requirements on forecasting, annual reviews, regulatory tests and consultations. The main inputs to the planning process are: DNSP supply point load forecasts Review of network capacity and utilisation Planning criteria and indicators Condition, operational and risk assessments Transmission network load-flow analysis TransGrid planning reviews Endeavour Energy does not have any assets that are classed as “dual function assets” under the NER. The relationship between the various elements in the planning process is shown in Figure 15. 148 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Network Limitation Identification Condition Assessment, Network Capability & Utilisation, Load-flow Analysis, Risk & Operational Issues, Planning Standards Network Analysis (Endeavour) Network Analysis (TransGrid) Network Limitations Network Limitations Supply Side Options Joint Planning Non-network Options Proposed Project Future Connection Point DNSPs Load Forecast Annual Planning Review Publish Annual Planning Report Figure 15: Joint planning process with TNSP 6.1.2 DESCRIPTION OF INVESTMENTS Tomerong Bulk Supply Point (Deferred) Following a review of forecasts and transmission line ratings for the South Coast area, it has been established via joint planning with TransGrid, that a new bulk supply point for the area can be deferred indefinitely if voltage constraints in the Endeavour network and at Esssential Energy substation supplied out of this network, are able to be managed. Current analysis indicates that the transformers in transmission and zone substations in the region begin to reach their maximum tapping range during peak load conditions from 2014. Since capacity constraints have been eliminated, a bulk supply point is no longer the preferred network option to address the remaining voltage related constraints. Accordingly Endeavour Energy has initiated a project to address the issue of voltage constraints and this project is being developed in consultation with Transgrid and Essential Energy. 6.1.3 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Endeavour Energy and TransGrid have engaged in a process to formalise joint planning arrangements between the two entities. Endeavour Energy has also entered into a joint planning process for planning the supply strategy for the Broader Western Sydney Employment Area and South West Growth Centres. There are plans to expand the joint planning arrangements from a working group model to a working group and executive steering committee model. The terms of reference for this arrangement are currently being developed. 6.2 JOINT PLANNING WITH OTHER DNSP Endeavour Energy follows the same principles outlined above when jointly planning with Ausgrid and Essential Energy. However due to the limited number of network dependencies between the 149 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 organisations, joint planning meetings may only take place once per year unless a particular issue has been identified and particularly needs to be progressed and monitored. With the formation of Networks NSW closer cooperation with Essential Energy and Ausgrid has become ‘business as usual’ which facilitates formal joint planning when the need arises. 6.2.1 PROCESS & METHODOLOGY Endeavour Energy enters into joint planning processes with Ausgrid and Essential Energy as needs dictate. Formal joint planning meetings between the planning groups of the two organisations form the basis of the joint planning process. 6.2.2 JOINT DNSP PLANNING COMPLETED IN PRECEEDING YEAR Endeavour Energy conducted joint planning with Ausgrid in relation to A proposal to take supply from Camellia Sub-transmission Station for Ausgrid’s Auburn and Lidcombe Zone Substations and development of a draft operating agreement for this proposal Options for temporary and permanent supply the North West Rail Link Options to supply cross border developments at South Dural Options for temporary and permanent supply to the North Connex Project Endeavour Energy conducted joint planning with Essential Energy in relation to: The Endeavour Energy project to address voltage constraints in the far South Coast region where Essential Energy takes supply from the Endeavour Energy network in the area 6.2.3 PLANNED DNSP JOINT NETWORK INVESTMENTS There are currently no planned joint network investments with other DNSPs. 6.2.4 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Nil entry. 150 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 7.0 NETWORK PERFORMANCE 7.1 NETWORK RELIABILITY Reliability of supply is an important measure of the performance of the electrical network. Network reliability is indicated with the System Average Interruption Duration Index (SAIDI). This measure shows the number of unplanned minutes that Endeavour Energy’s customers are without electricity each year, on average excluding the impact of significant storms. Endeavour Energy’s SAIDI has improved from 126 minutes in 2003/04 to 83 minutes at the end of June 2014. This means Endeavour Energy’s network is among the most reliable in Australia. Events that had a significant impact on the reliability result in 2013/14 include: 46 interruptions to the sub-transmission network (zone substations, sub-transmission substations and sub-transmission feeders) which contributed approximately 7.1 minutes of SAIDI, mainly due to adverse weather and defective equipment and interference on the lines; 2,092 interruptions to the distribution network (distribution feeder and distribution substation) which contributed 70.4 minutes of SAIDI, mainly due to defective equipment, interference to the lines, adverse weather and trees and branches contacting lines. 1,894 interruptions to the Low Voltage network (low voltage substation and below) which contributed 5.2 minutes of SAIDI, mainly due to defective equipment and interference to the lines. Climate conditions continue to be a major factor in overall reliability outcome with record mild and warm weather conditions over autumn and early winter. This resulted in a decrease in the number of days where SAIDI was above 1 minute (nominally 40% of the Major Event exclusion threshold. These days are typically associated with adverse weather conditions that are not severe enough to be excluded as Major Events. The chart below demonstrates that there is a direct relationship between these days and the overall SAIDI performance of the network. The impact of major events is excluded from the performance statistics. Notwithstanding this, Endeavour Energy’s average level of reliability is significantly better than that defined in the Licence Conditions. 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 2009/10 2010/11 Cumulative High SAIDI 2011/12 No. days High SAIDI Figure 16: Historical reliability performance 151 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2012/13 Endeavour Energy annual SAIDI 2013/14 7.2 NETWORK QUALITY OF SUPPLY Endeavour Energy has published its technical service standards within Section 3.2 of its Customer Service Standards for Connection Customers (the Customer Service Standards), which has been prepared in accordance with the NSW Electricity Service Standards Code of Practice. The Customer Service Standards include descriptions of the power quality that customers can expect to receive and the disturbances that may occur on the network – including changes in voltage levels, rapid voltage fluctuations resulting in flicker, voltage transients, voltage dips, waveform distortion (harmonics and inter-harmonics) and voltage unbalance. The Customer Service Standards refer to AS/NZS61000.3.6 for harmonic levels and AS/NZS61000.3.7 for voltage fluctuations. These documents require the Network Service Provider to establish acceptable levels for planning purposes. Endeavour Energy applies the planning levels published in the Standards Australia Handbook HB264. AS61000.3.100 specifies that the voltage at the customer connection point for 230/400V systems should be within the range of +10%, -6% of nominal for 98% of the time (99th and 1st percentile limits). The Customer Service Standards specify a wider guaranteed range of +14%, -6% of nominal allowing for abnormal system conditions. A copy of the Customer Service Standards for Connection Customers can be downloaded from: http://www.endeavourenergy.com.au/wps/wcm/connect/EE/NSW/NSW+Homepage/forHomesNav/Custo mer+service+standards/ Details of Endeavour Energy’s quality of supply standards, complaint performance data and investigations are shown in the following tables. Power Quality Standard Frequency of Supply Low Voltage Supply – Line to Neutral Low Voltage Supply – Line to Line Medium Voltage Supply – Line to Line Nominal 50Hz 230 Volts 400 Volts 11, 22, 33 & 66kV Generally not exceed 8% 10 V 6% 3% Refer to Customer Service Standards Refer to Customer Service Standards Refer to Customer Service Standards Refer to Customer Service Standards Rapid fluctuation in voltage level Voltage difference – neutral to earth Voltage unbalance – phase to phase - LV Voltage unbalance – phase to phase - HV Harmonic content of the voltage waveform Interharmonics Mains signalling Flicker Range 49.5 to 50.5 Hz +14% to -6% +14% to -6% +10% to -10% Maximum Limit 10% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Table 184: Quality of supply standards Year Complaints Total Complaints per 1,000 Distribution Customers Complaints regarding Vegetation Management 2009/10 1,024 1.19 183 Previous Years 2010/11 2011/12 995 1,050 1.14 1.19 344 434 2012/13 1,123 1.24 504 Current Year 2013/14 930 1.01 419 Table 185: Complaint performance data Voltage Current Other Quality Reliability Safety Number 232 1 10 240 9 Table 186: Network complaint investigations complete current year Number Valid* 35 0 0 0 0 *A complaint is valid where non-compliance with published service and network standards occur The total complaints given in Table 185 include complaints relating to supply quality, safety, vegetation management and other miscellaneous complaints. The values given in Table 186 do not include vegetation management and other miscellaneous complaints included in total complaints given in Table 185. 7.2.1 NETWORK QUALITY OF SUPPLY CORRECTIVE ACTION There were no substantive issues related to power quality that were not addressed in the 2013/14 year. 152 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 7.3 COMPLIANCE PROCESSES Endeavour Energy is required to design, maintain and operate its network in a cost effective manner to provide reliable power supply to its connected customers. The objectives of power quality fall within this overall framework. Power quality issues are frequently related to specific loads connected to the network. In order to appropriately manage these effects, Endeavour Energy shall place requirements on connected customers to ensure that power quality is maintained. These requirements are stated in Company Policy 9.6.1 – Network Connection, the Customer Service Standards for Connected Customers and the Service and Installation Rules of NSW. Customers are advised of these requirements by reference to the Customer Service Standards for Connected Customers and the Service and Installation Rules of NSW. 7.4 SERVICE TARGET PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE SCHEME SUBMISSION 100 2.0 90 1.8 80 1.6 70 1.4 60 1.2 50 1.0 40 0.8 30 0.6 20 0.4 10 0.2 SAIFI SAIDI As part of the AER’s STPIS scheme Endeavour has proposed an alternative normalisation methodology to derive major event day exclusion thresholds. This was accepted by the AER. The normalised SAIDI and SAIFI performance for the last regulatory period based on the alternate normalisation methodology as well as Endeavour’s proposed targets (5 year average) and the AER draft determination targets for the next regulatory period are shown in Figure 17. 0.0 0 2009/10 2010/11 2011/12 2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 Year Target (5 Year Average) Target (5 Year Average) Linear (Organisation SAIFI) Organisation SAIDI Organisation SAIFI Linear (Organisation SAIDI) 2017/18 2018/19 Target (AER draft) Target (AER draft) Figure 17: Organisational SAID and SAIFI trends (box-cox normalised) and STPIS targets The SAIDI and SAIFI unplanned performance results (excluding major events) will be compared to the STPIS targets as shown in the tables below in future releases of the DAPR. Category Urban Rural Actual 2014/15 Nil entry Nil entry 2014/15 60.3 175.9 2015/16 60.3 175.9 SAIDI Targets 2016/17 60.3 175.9 2017/18 60.3 175.9 2018/19 60.3 175.9 2014/15 0.794 1.798 2015/16 0.794 1.798 SAIFI Targets 2016/17 0.794 1.798 2017/18 0.794 1.798 2018/19 0.794 1.798 Table 187: STPIS targets vs actuals Category Urban Rural Actual 2014/15 Nil entry Nil entry Table 188: STPIS targets vs actuals 153 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 8.0 ASSET MANAGEMENT 8.1 ENDEAVOUR ENERGY’S ASSET MANAGEMENT APPROACH A sustainable network is one that enables consistent levels of safety and reliability to be maintained over long asset lives while minimising volatility in the costs of provision of that service. This objective directly supports the overall Company objective of ensuring financial sustainability through effective investment in and efficient operation of the network asset. The sustainable operation of the network is considered from a number of perspectives. 8.1.1 NETWORK STANDARDS Engineering standards have been developed that cover the range of network equipment and asset management activities and take into account consideration of life cycle analysis, the condition of the assets and the Company’s business needs. The standards that are implemented are not compromised to obtain short term cost savings. Rather, the standards are implemented that optimise the whole-of-life asset cost to provide the desired level of safe and reliable operation over the design life of the asset. The recent restructuring of the three NSW electricity distribution businesses provides Endeavour Energy with an opportunity to benchmark its engineering standards against those of the other NSW distribution businesses to ensure that they continue to effectively facilitate the achievement of the companies objectives. 8.1.2 ASSET RENEWAL It is an asset management objective of Endeavour Energy that the average age of the network components will not be allowed to deteriorate to unacceptable levels as this will result in service outcomes that fall outside of safety and reliability standards and fail to meet customer needs and expectations. Conversely, a network asset that has an average age that is too young will not represent an efficient use of resources. The Weighted Average Remaining Life (WARL) of the asset base measures the remaining life of the network assets, taking into account both age and condition issues. The projected WARL of Endeavour Energy’s asset base is shown in the figure below. The figure shows that historic and projected expenditure levels will arrest the previous decline in WARL and cause it to plateau at a target level of 50% ± 5%. This is considered to be a result with an appropriate balance between network risk and asset replacement expenditure. 75% 70% 65% WARL 60% 55% 50% 45% Past Future Figure 18: Weighted average remaining life of network asset 154 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 2030 2029 2028 2027 2026 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 40% 8.1.3 OPTIMISING THE UTILISATION OF THE NETWORK ASSETS Endeavour Energy has invested during the 2009-2014 regulatory period to provide network capacity that meets the supply security standards of the NSW Design, Reliability and Performance Licence Conditions. The Supply Security Standards set out in Schedule 1 of the Licence Conditions have been repealed by the Minister for Energy and the changes will take effect on 1 July 2014. Reliability Standards in Schedules 2 and 3 of the Licence Conditions remain in place, as well as a corporate objective to maintain existing levels of reliability performance. As such, for future network investment, the level of supply security will be subject to assessment of reliability risk and cost benefit analysis, rather than mandated minimum supply security levels. An objective of capacity planning is to maximise the length of time before these assets require further augmentation. This can be achieved by demand side management to increase asset utilisation and investigation and application of cyclic and emergency ratings of assets where available. 8.1.4 FUTURE PROOFING THE NETWORK By the end of the 2014-19 regulatory period the demands expected to be placed on the network will be significantly different from those that have been placed on it for much of its life to date. These demands arise mainly from a trend towards lower carbon intensity distributed generation to minimise the environmental costs associated with the existing large scale coal-fired generation. Effective management of the network in the presence of distributed generation will require better visibility and controllability of a range of network parameters and an appropriate degree of intelligence to be built into the network will be required to assist in the management of these parameters. The strategy for introducing technology to the network is focused on areas where trials of the intended systems or technology have proven their cost-effectiveness. The strategy also recognises that investment in proving technologies that are likely to enable better network management is important to ensure that appropriate solutions are available for use as new demands on the network require them. 8.1.5 CUSTOMER ENGAGEMENT To ensure that customers receive an efficient energy distribution service it is necessary to understand and respond to customers’ needs and concerns. The Networks NSW Customer Value Strategic Plan details the strategic focus areas and the initiatives to be undertaken in each area to achieve this. The strategic focus areas set out in the plan are: Understand our Customers and Stakeholders; Evaluate and Respond to Customer and Stakeholder feedback; Communicate with Customers; and Measure our success in Customer and Stakeholder engagement. 155 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 8.2 DEMAND MANAGEMENT Endeavour Energy considers non-network alternatives to augmentation such as demand management and embedded generation to be important aspects of optimising the available capacity in the network to meet the forecast demand. Endeavour’s Demand Management policies and procedures ensure that investigations into non-network options are conducted in accordance with the National Electricity Rules. Furthermore, the public consultation process for soliciting non-network options from interested stakeholders has been adopted. To this end, a Demand Side Engagement Document exists on Endeavour’s web site that explains how any interested party can make a submission for non-network options. Non-network alternatives are generally designed to reduce the need for network capacity by moving demand that occurs at peak times to times of lower overall demand. The figure below demonstrates the potential impact on peak demand that may be achieved by controlling air conditioning load for instance. The demand management strategy is focused on the use of non-network alternatives to augmentation. Trials have been conducted using innovative systems or technologies to determine their technical and economic feasibility to reduce peak demand. These proven technologies have added to the Company’s demand management capability. Pilots and trials of innovative demand management initiatives will continue to be conducted in order to keep abreast of new technologies as they become available to deliver the desired outcome of effectively managing peak demand across the network to control the trend of declining load factor. 7 6 Energy Consumption (kWh) 5 4 3 2 1 Coolsaver Baseline 12 AM 11 PM 10 PM 9 PM 8 PM 7 PM 6 PM 5 PM 4 PM 3 PM 2 PM 1 PM 12 PM 11 AM 10 AM 9 AM 8 AM 7 AM 6 AM 5 AM 4 AM 3 AM 2 AM 1 AM 0 Coolsaver Participants Figure 19: Peak demand reduction using air conditioning control (CoolSaver) on 31 January 2014 8.2.1 STRATEGIC ASSET MANAGEMENT PLAN Capital and maintenance expenditure programs to support this strategy are implemented through a suite of asset management plans termed the Strategic Asset Management Plan (SAMP). The key components of the SAMP are the Strategic Asset Renewal Plan (SARP), the Network Maintenance Implementation Plan (NMIP) and plans for managing demand growth that consider forecast demand, forecasts of new connections and demand management opportunities. A key function of the SAMP is to prioritise the asset management projects and programs of expenditure and to discuss and document the trade-offs that are made in developing the year ahead and ten-year 156 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 network expenditure forecasts. In combination with the SAMP Delivery Plan the SAMP helps to ensure the efficient and timely delivery of projects and programs. Effective achievement of the strategic network objectives requires an assessment of the impact on network outcomes that each proposed project or work program will have. Individual plans are developed in the key expenditure areas based on asset need. The SAMP uses a risk-based project prioritisation framework to integrate and prioritise these plans into an overall capital and operating expenditure program with appropriate input from relevant stakeholders. By understanding the relative risks associated with the individual component projects and programs, the SAMP also enables the effective evaluation of capital and operating expenditure trade-offs. End to end oversight of this process is provided by the Endeavour Energy Investment Governance Committee, the Networks NSW Network Steering Committee and ultimately the Board. Together, these bodies ensure that the content of the asset management plans is prudent and efficient, that it is developed using a sound process and recognises the Company’s customer value objective and that the expenditure proposed is subject to appropriate scrutiny in the planning and delivery process. 8.3 NETWORK ISSUES IMPACTING IDENTIFIED SYSTEM LIMITATIONS Endeavour Energy faces several network challenges and opportunities in relation to managing network assets and the limitations that arise. These include assessment of asset ratings, the impact of Solar PV and longer term issues such as energy storage systems and electric vehicles. These issues are being addressed via: network investigations; industry committees; and production of standards. These are further discussed below. 8.3.1 ASSET RATINGS Endeavour Energy investigates potential cyclic or emergency rating of assets to confirm network constraints. This ensures optimal utilisation of existing network assets and presents opportunities for deferral of expenditure. 8.3.2 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC (PV) Thousands The overall growth in photovoltaic embedded generation has continued despite changes to the feed in tariffs as shown in Figure 20 below and is continuing to challenge the performance of the distribution network. 100 90 80 Cumulative Connections 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 Oct 14 Sep 14 Jul 14 Aug 14 Jun 14 Apr 14 May 14 Mar 14 Jan 14 Feb 14 Dec 13 Oct 13 Nov 13 Sep 13 Jul 13 Aug 13 Jun 13 Apr 13 May 13 Mar 13 Jan 13 Feb 13 Dec 12 Oct 12 Nov 12 Sep 12 Jul 12 Aug 12 Jun 12 Apr 12 May 12 Mar 12 Jan 12 Feb 12 Dec 11 Oct 11 Nov 11 Sep 11 Jul 11 Aug 11 Jun 11 Apr 11 May 11 Mar 11 Jan 11 Feb 11 Dec 10 Oct 10 Nov 10 Sep 10 Jul 10 Aug 10 Jun 10 Apr 10 May 10 Mar 10 Jan 10 Feb 10 0 Figure 20: Grid connected solar PV systems Endeavour Energy continues to monitor the impacts of solar panels which, in some areas, have materially reduced demand. Areas with demand that peaks later in the afternoon or evening have little effect from PV generation on peak demand. What it does do is to reduce the duration of the peak and reduce the thermal heating of some parts of the network during the day. Other effects from PV include the impact on the quality of supply. Traditionally, distribution networks were designed to accommodate voltage drops arising from the flow of power from the high voltage systems through to low voltage system. With the connection of PV on distribution network, particularly 157 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 the large number of connections of rooftop solar PV, has come power flows in the reverse direction from the LV to HV at times of peak solar generation and low demand. This reverse power flow is less predictable and leads to both voltage rise and voltage drop along the feeding network having to be managed to ensure voltage at the customer site remains within statutory voltage limits. Listed in Figure 21 is the number of complaints received relating to PV (inverters) compared to total quality of supply complaints. 70 45% 40% 60 35% 50 40 Jobs 25% 20% 30 % Solar Jobs 30% 15% 20 10% 10 5% 0% Jun 10 Jul 10 Aug 10 Sep 10 Oct 10 Nov 10 Dec 10 Jan 11 Feb 11 Mar 11 Apr 11 May 11 Jun 11 Jul 11 Aug 11 Sep 11 Oct 11 Nov 11 Dec 11 Jan 12 Feb 12 Mar 12 Apr 12 May 12 Jun 12 Jul 12 Aug 12 Sep 12 Oct 12 Nov 12 Dec 12 Jan 13 Feb 13 Mar 13 Apr 13 May 13 Jun 13 Jul 13 Aug 13 Sep 13 Oct 13 Nov 13 Dec 13 Jan 14 Feb 14 Mar 14 Apr 14 May 14 Jun 14 Jul 14 Aug 14 Sep 14 0 Inverter No inverter Total % Inverter Cumulative % Figure 21: Power quality complaints 8.3.3 FUTURE IMPACTS OF BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS As with PV connection, batteries will be connected to the network via inverters. Consequently, there is a natural progression for PV customers to consider installing a Battery Energy Storage System. These systems could provide flexibility for Endeavour Energy to use the stored energy for export during critical peak times. It would also allow the consumers to make use of time-of-use tariffs. It is envisaged that consumers may seek to install a Battery Storage System for usage within the home rather than for export. Preliminary cost benefit analysis has shown that with the feed-in tariff higher than electricity price, customers intend to export as much energy as possible into the grid. Over time, as feed-in tariffs reduce and the benefits dissipate, it is expected that output from solar PVs will be used more for internal consumption. It is expected that there will be a growing incentive for consumers to utilise the generation output from solar PVs for internal consumption via battery storage. This may result in a reduction in voltage complaints as the exporting of energy reduces. 8.3.4 ELECTRIC VEHICLES Electric Vehicles (EV) is an emerging technology which has attracted a significant amount of interest over recent years. There exists the potential for EVs charging facilities to be developed with the capability of discharging the EV battery energy during peak demand times. Endeavour Energy is a member of the Australian Standards Electric Vehicle Committee, which is charged with the responsibility of developing standards for connection EVs to the grid and the development of charging / discharging products. Network pricing signals will be a key component in developing a demand side participation product to encourage efficient EV charging behaviour. Controlled EV charging, where the right to charge and 158 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 discharge an EV is delegated to the network company (load management) requires technical standards to be developed that balance the need to maintain network security while enabling different providers to offer controlled EV charging services. This is part is the Electric Vehicle committee objectives. 8.3.5 OBTAINING FURTHER INFORMATION MANAGEMENT APPROACH ON ENDEAVOUR ENERGY’S ASSET For further information regarding the Endeavour Energy’s Asset Management approach please contact: Endeavour Energy Manager – Asset & Network Planning GPO Box 811 Seven Hills NSW 1730 Email: [email protected] 159 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 9.0 DEMAND MANAGEMENT Endeavour Energy conducts a planning review of the network on an annual basis to identify emerging network constraints, the timing of the constraint and the level of demand reduction required to remove the constraint. Each constraint is then analysed to determine credible options to overcome the network limitation. Network options are developed first to determine if the estimated network cost of the most expensive credible option is above $5 million. The network constraint is then screened to identify if a non-network option is feasible. This is the start of the consultation process. The goal is to find the most cost effective solution that meets the required network reliability standards. The non-network investigation process is comprised of six separate stages: Conduct a planning review to identify the emerging network constraints and credible network options Conduct Non-network option screening Where DM is feasible, issue a Non-network Options Report as part of the community consultation process to obtain proposals from interested parties. This process is run as a Request for Information (RFI) for probity and due diligence reasons and is subject to internal approval Evaluate submissions to identify the most cost effective credible non-network option Perform the RIT-D evaluation on all options to identify the most cost effective options or combination of options If a non-network option is identified as the most cost effective option, negotiate with proponents to implement the program This is in line with the AER’s RIT-D process and will be followed for all projects where the most expensive credible option is greater than $5 million This section of the Distribution Annual Planning Report provides information on Endeavour Energy’s demand management activities, including a qualitative summary of: Non-network options that have been considered in the past year, including generation from embedded generation units Actions taken to promote non-network proposals in the preceding year, including generation from embedded generators Endeavour Energy’s plans for demand management and generation over the forward planning period This section should be read in conjunction with Section 4.0 Identified System Limitations. DEMAND MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES IN THE PRECEDING YEAR 9.1 The purpose of the screening for non-network options is to determine if the network limitation has a reasonable opportunity of being deferred or avoided by implementing a non-network option that reduces the peak demand by the required amount and at the required time of day. When screening for non-network options Endeavour Energy considers the following areas: Any measure or program targeted at reducing peak demand, including: Improvement to or additions of automatic control schemes such as direct load control Energy efficiency programs or a demand management awareness program for consumers Installing smart meters with measures to facilitate cost-reflective pricing Increased local or distributed generation/supply options, including: Capacity for standby power from existing or new embedded generation Using energy storage systems, load transfer capacity Endeavour Energy bears in mind that credible solutions may include a variety of different measures combined to form one integrated solution when determining whether a non-network option could constitute part of a credible option. 160 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 In deciding if a non-network option is not feasible the RIT-D proponent must provide its reasons and demonstrate where the non-network option does not meet the criteria for being a feasible option. These may include such issues as: could not address the identified need is not commercially feasible is not technically feasible could not be implemented in sufficient time to meet the identified need 9.1.1 SCREENING FOR NON-NETWORK OPTIONS The following network limitations were screened during 2013/14 for non-network options. The results are shown in the table below. Network Connection Point Marsden Park South ZS Feeders 851 & 852 Southern Nepean Feeder 98P West Tomerong TS Liverpool CBD Constrain Area New release industrial & residential areas Major customer & residential / rural areas Supply to Nowra and Shoalhaven area Supplying to Liverpool CBD area Summary of Constraint Distribution network capacity Feeder capacity limitation Feeder capacity limitation Feeder capacity limitation Screening Test Result Not Feasible Notice date * Feasible * Not Feasible * Not Feasible * Table 189: Screening test results *The requirement to publicly issue the results of screening tests commenced on 1 January 2014. These projects were screened in 2013/14 and are exempt or classified as being exempt. Screening Test Result Details Marsden Park South ZS The Marsden Park South ZS is required to supply the new release residential and industrial areas. The existing 11kV network and nearby zone substations do not have sufficient capacity to supply the growth in demand. The ultimate level of demand for the area is beyond the existing network to supply and the need for additional network infrastructure cannot be avoided. Consequently, the screening test has identified that demand management is not feasible and a Non-network Options Report will not be issued. The planning process will proceed by evaluating the network options. Feeders 851 & 852 – Southern Nepean The 66kV feeders 851 and 852 supply the Southern Nepean area. The Southern Nepean area is made up of eight customer and five Endeavour Energy zone substations. Two of the major customers contain embedded generation of sufficient size to remove the network constraint. The power factor of the area is also poor. Consequently, the screening test has identified that a non-network option is feasible to defer the network limitation. As the main opportunity for demand management exist with the major customers a Non-Network Options Report will not be issued. Instead, an in-house investigation will be conducted with the major customers to improve their power factor and negotiate load curtailment agreements. This will enable the deferment of the network limitation for a seven year period. Feeder 98P – West Tomerong TS The 132kV feeder 98P supplies the Southern Shoalhaven area. The Southern Shoalhaven area is made up of rural / residential load type and multiple township centres. There is a large increase in population during holiday periods increasing the demand of the area. On outage of this feeder the voltage of the areas drops to unacceptable levels. The required demand reduction to remove the voltage constraint is 51.6 MVA. The total load of the area is 290 MVA. This represent as load reduction in the order of 18%. The network option to remove the constraint is to install power factor correction at a relatively low cost. Consequently, the screening test has identified that demand management is not feasible and a Nonnetwork Options Report will not be issued. The planning process will proceed by evaluating the network options. Liverpool CBD The Liverpool CBD distribution network supplied by the Liverpool Zone Substation and Homepride Zone Substation (ZS) has diminishing spare capacity across the various feeders of the Liverpool CBD. Liverpool ZS has 18 feeders, out of which 8 feeders supply the Liverpool CBD, and likewise, Homepride 161 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 ZS has 18 feeders, out of which 10 feeders supply the Liverpool CBD. There are currently four feeders from Liverpool ZS, and four feeders from Homepride ZS that are overloaded or have no spare capacity. Load switching between feeders has already been implemented to its maximum level, and no further load switching can be performed between the existing feeders to relieve constrained 11kV feeders. The screening test identified the required demand reduction to be 3,800 KVA for a two year deferral, and the available demand reduction potential to be approximately 1,144 KVA in the CBD supplied by the Liverpool ZS and Homepride ZSs. Other solutions such as embedded generation have limited opportunity due to space constraints in the Liverpool CBD area. Consequently, the screening test has identified that demand management is not feasible and a Non-network options report will not be issued. The planning process will proceed by evaluating the network options. 9.2 DETAILS OF IMPLEMENTED NON-NETWORK PROGRAMS No non-network programs were implemented during 2013/14. 9.3 PROMOTION OF NON-NETWORK OPTIONS The promotion of non-network options occurs predominantly through the public consultation process. The consultation process for non-network option investigation involves the issue of the following reports: Non-network Options Report Draft Project Assessment Report Final Project Assessment Report Listed below are the actions taken to promote non-network proposals from the preceding year, including proposals from embedded generating units. 9.3.1 SUMMARY OF NON-NETWORK OPTIONS REPORTS The network limitations where a non-network options report was issued are shown in Table 190 below. There are a number of network limitations that will be screened for non-network options during 2014. These projects are included in Table 191 below. If a non-network option is shown to be feasible then a Non-network Option Report will be released and the project will be included in Table 190 in the next release of the DAPR. Network Connection Point Nil entry Constrain Area Summary of Constraint Non-Network Options Issue Date Timing of Constraint Est. Load Reduction (kVA) Defer Years Table 190: Non-network options reports Non-network Option Objective-Potential Solutions No Non-network Option Reports were issued during 2013/14. 9.3.2 SUMMARY OF DRAFT PROJECT ASSESSMENT REPORTS As the RIT-D process came into force on 1 January 2014, projects that commenced prior to this date are exempt from the RIT-D process. No new projects have commenced since 1 January 2014. Consequently no Draft Project Assessment Reports were issue during the 2013/14. 9.3.3 SUMMARY OF FINAL PROJECT ASSESSMENT REPORTS As the RIT-D process came into force on 1 January 2014, projects that commenced prior to this date are exempt from the RIT-D process. No new projects have commenced since 1 January 2014. Consequently no Final Project Assessment Reports were issue during the 2013/14. 9.4 PLANS FOR DEMAND MANAGEMENT AND EMBEDDED GENERATION Endeavour Energy produces a three year plan where non-network options are investigated in more detail and potentially a Non-network Options Report is released. The principle factor affecting the investigation timetable is the forecast load growth. In many situations the load growth is driven by spot load applications and projected development. The true level of demand that appears on the network needs to be closely monitored to ensure network limitations are accurately forecast and solutions implemented in a timely manner. 162 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 Listed in Section 4.0 Identified System Limitations, are the current forecast network constraint areas where a screening test is to be performed for potential feasible non-network options. These limitations are those that Endeavour Energy will conduct further investigation within the next three years. Demand management options that are considered may include, but are not limited to, combinations of the following: Reduction in electrical energy consumption through: Improved energy efficiency devices and systems Thermal insulation Renewable energy sources Alternative reticulated energy sources Reduction in peak electricity consumption through: Tariff incentives Load interruption/reduction incentives Arrangements to transfer load from peak to off-peak times Energy storage systems Standby generators Power factor correction equipment The network constrained areas where a non-network option will be investigated within the next three years (2013/14 to 2015/16) and beyond are listed below. These projects have been identified as network constrained areas in Table 174 and Table 175 in Section 4.0. The constraint year reflects the year when it is forecast that the capacity limitation will be reached. Network Connection Point Load Type Investigations within the next three years North Box Hill ZS Establishment 95% residential, 5% commercial – greenfield development Leppington South ZS 95% residential, 5% commercial – greenfield Establishment development Catherine Fields ZS 95% residential, 5% commercial – greenfield Establishment development Feeder 808-Springwood ZS 10% Commercial, 90% Residential Feeder 311/306-Cawdor ZS 15% Commercial, 85% Residential / Rural Penrith 11kV ZS 60% Commercial, 25% Industrial, 15% Residential Leppington North ZS 90% residential, 10% commercial – greenfield Establishment development Austral ZS Establishment 95% residential, 5% commercial – greenfield development Southpipe (Oakdale Estate) ZS 95% residential, 5% commercial – greenfield 132/11kV Establishment development Investigations beyond the next three years Feeder 7043 & 7514 Berry ZS 10% Commercial, 90% Residential / Rural Riverstone ZS 15% Commercial, 20% Industrial, 65% Residential Sherwood ZS 75% Commercial, 25% Residential Glenmore Park ZS 10% Commercial, 90% Residential Schofield ZS 15% Commercial, 85% Residential Feeders 490 & 491 – St Marys 15% Commercial, 10% Industrial, 75% ZS Residential Timing of Consultation Process Constraint Year Decision Deadline TBA Oct 2014 Apr 2015 TBA Oct 2015 Apr 2016 TBA Oct 2015 Apr 2016 TBA TBA TBA Oct 2015 Oct 2015 Oct 2015 Apr 2016 Apr 2016 Apr 2016 TBA Oct 2016 Apr 2017 TBA Oct 2016 Apr 2017 TBA Oct 2016 Apr 2017 TBA TBA Oct 2022 Oct 2024 Apr 2019 Apr 2021 TBA TBA TBA TBA Oct 2024 Oct 2024 Oct 2024 Nov 2023 Apr 2021 Apr 2021 Apr 2021 Oct 2019 Table 191: Future non-network programs investigation Endeavour Energy currently has no plans for the installation of generation facilities. However, the nonnetwork option consultation process will provide an opportunity for embedded generation options to be considered for each constrained location. 163 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 10.0 INVESTMENTS IN METERING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 10.1 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Table 192 provides information on the proposed investment for information technology systems for the preceding year and forward planning period. Project Name Period Enterprise Application Integration - JBoss (EAI) 2013/14 and 2014/15 Employee Portal Improvement 2013/14 and 2014/15 Field Computing Program 2013/14 and 2014/15 NOSW Automation Datacentre Refresh Program (Infrastructure and databases) Billing & Metering rationalisation program IP Telephony Replacement and Enhancement 2013/14 and 2014/15 2013/14 and 2014/15 2013/14 and 2014/15 2013/14 and 2014/15 WAN Equipment Refresh 2013/14 and 2014/15 Call Centre 2014/15 Datacentre Refresh Program (Virtualisation Roadmap, Storage and Backup, DC Environment Assessment) 2014/15 Description Integration of key systems has delivered enhanced asset management capability for Endeavour. Current tools are at end of life and this project will replace SeeBeyond and JCaps interfaces with new, technically current and supported application integration platform to ensure continuity of business operations. The investment in this project is to provide a self-managed online employee portal for employees and managers to complete employee based administration tasks such as timesheets, training management, leave, personal details and higher duties. The project’s purpose is to improve productivity by moving from a largely manual and paper based system, to an online self-service that can be used at any time with any device. This program consists of a number of projects that deliver field computing for a number of inspections and asset maintenance processes including line inspection and repairs, MDI reads, substation inspections, and other related distribution maintenance activities. The program’s purpose is to improve data quality and increase productivity by reducing the need for manual data entry from paper forms completed in the field. This project aims to automate the current manual data entry processes associated with Notification of Service Works and Certification of Compliance Electrical Work and to deliver a field automation component for direct data-entry from job sites into the relevant backend systems. This automation of processing is expected to deliver efficiency gains and improved data quality. Endeavour has aging environments and data infrastructure assets. Many are beyond the standard life of three to five years. This represents a risk which is increasing the longer the assets continue to age. The overall objective is to refresh Endeavour Energy’s data infrastructure assets across both datacentres to reduce total costs of ownership with the focus on reduced operational expenditure on maintenance and support while ensuring system reliability required by business operations for critical applications and infrastructure. This program of work will aim to eliminate the need for Banner (Endeavour’s legacy customer billing application) by moving required functionality and data to alternative existing systems until only NUOS Billing remains and then seek a replacement for NUOS billing process. This program aims to maintain technical currency of metering systems by migrating metering management functions to Ausgrid’s MBS system and decommission legacy systems. Business process will be redesigned as part of this program to reduce costs and risk of manual tasks and improve data quality. Endeavour Energy’s telecommunication infrastructure is critical for the business to meet the demands of its employees and customers through more agile and cost-effective access to technology and information. This program of work enables the replacement/renewal of currently installed equipment which is at the end of its economic life with a single supported IP network to provide future integration capabilities and improve reliability of voice and data services across Endeavour Energy. In the previous year, the ICT group purchased the new generation and industry standard of telephony hardware. The project is now underway to implement the hardware and deliver a more productive workforce that can leverage the capability of unified communications and collaboration by connecting every person in the corporate directory with the right information, in the right format, at the right time. This project is to refresh and replace the routers for the wide area network which are critical to the delivery of computing services to mobile devices, depots and office locations within Endeavour Energy’s business. Continuing from the last year, the aim of this project is to refresh and replace the routers for the wide area network that are critical to the delivery of computing services to depots and office locations within Endeavour Energy’s business franchise area. This is investment in the Customer Interaction Centre infrastructure upgrade project. This includes the replacement of Nortel PABX equipment and peripherals in both Huntingwood and Coniston locations. The project reduces the risk to the business platform and reduces the OPEX maintenance cost. Endeavour will build on last year’s enterprise architecture technology roadmap and continue to upgrade its data centres. In this AER period the planned program will address the aging virtual environments and data backup solution assets. The virtualisation of environments delivers flexibility and lowers risk to positively impact critical systems performance and contribute to the lower overall cost of applications and systems lifecycle. The cost of storage on the market is decreasing and Endeavour will take advantage of the opportunity to consolidate the backup and storage solutions in the data centres and replace the ageing disc arrays with new solution with lower cost per unit of storage while still delivering the reliability required to support critical business applications. Table 192: Information technology program 164 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 10.2 METERING Endeavour Energy current meter population consists of a mix of accumulation, interval data and smart type meters. Metering assets are required to meet complex statutory and regulatory requirements including meter performance obligations as defined by AEMO to ensure accuracy of energy consumption recorded. Sample test are conducted and meter types that fail to meet the required targets are replaced. Each technology change in meter type achieves greater benefits from additional functionality. However, an increase in support costs is required to achieve that functionality and the additional capital and operational expenditure required to deploy and support an interval or smart meter population must be offset against benefits to the network business. However, the limited deployment of interval and smart meter technologies has enabled broader usage of the available information to manage peak demand. This is particularly evident through Demand Management programs targeting constrained elements of the network. The significant changes that have occurred in the metering industry within Australia and the forecast changes to the NEM Rules means that the metering and tariff strategies need to be frequently monitored and reviewed. In October 2014, the Minister for Resources and Energy announced that electricity smart meters in NSW will be installed through a market-led rollout. In the short term Endeavour Energy will continue its current strategy of utilising the default meter for the situation i.e. accumulation type meters for small customers and interval meters for medium sized customers. Meter replacement will continue as per compliance sample testing. Based on projections of meter test fail rates and assuming the meters will then be replaced over five subsequent years after failure, a future meter replacement program can be estimated. The metering forecast change program is shown in Table 193 below. Meter Type Single Phase Three Phase 2014/15 7,200 2015/16 21,626 7,200 2016/17 23,500 7,200 2017/18 25,803 - 2018/19 38,663 - Table 193: Forecast meter change program Endeavour Energy’s is currently investing in metering programs outlined in Table 194. Program Name Meters - Growth Relays - Growth Meters - Renewal Relays - Renewal Test Equipment Demand Management Technology Description This program is for the metering expenditure required for new installations/additional solar metering requirements etc. The Relays – Growth program is for the supply of load control equipment for new installations in conjunction with new meters. The meters are maintained and tested in accordance with Australian Standard 1284.13:2002. When a metering group fails this test, it is a requirement to replace that group as the group is considered as having reached its end of life. This SAMP program is for the replacement of meters that have reached the end of their life. The Relays – Renewal program is for the supply of load control equipment in conjunction with replacement meters at the end of life. This program is for the expenditure requirements of metering test equipment and / or calibration of this equipment. Provision of equipment to support Endeavour Energy’s demand management initiatives (including DMIA trials, targeted constraint driven projects and broad based initiatives). Primarily smart meters, accumulation meters, load control relays and some trial customer technology products (battery storage, power factor correction inverters and air conditioner control devices). Table 194: Metering Programs 165 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 11.0 REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT PLANS Maps showing sub-transmission lines, zone substations and transmission-distribution connection points to assist identifying the location of limitations discussed previously. 11.1 ENDEAVOUR ENERGY REGIONAL NETWORK MAPS 166 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 167 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 168 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 169 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 170 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 171 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 172 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014 12.0 GLOSSARY Abbreviations and Definitions Abbreviation/Phrase AEMC AER DAPR DNSP GJ gigajoule GWh gigawatt hour HV high voltage HVC kV kilovolt kW kilowatt kWh kilowatt hour LV low voltage MW megawatt MWh megawatt hour NER Primary distribution feeder Sub-transmission Sub-transmission system V volt W watt Definition The Australian Energy Market Commission is the rule maker and developer for Australian energy markets Australian Energy Regulator Distribution Annual Planning Report prepared by a Distribution Network Service Provider under clause 5.13.2 A Distribution Network Service Provider who engages in the activity of owning, controlling, or operating a distribution system, such as Endeavour Energy, Ausgrid and Essential Energy One gigajoule = 1000 megajoules. A joule is the basic unit of energy used in the gas industry equal to the work done when a current of one ampere is passed through a resistance of one ohm for one second One GWh = 1000 megawatt hours or one million kilowatt hours Consists of 11 kV and 22 kV distribution assets (referred to as medium voltage in 7.2) High voltage customer One kV = 1000 volts One kW = 1000 watts The standard unit of energy which represents the consumption of electrical energy at the rate of one kilowatt for one hour Consists of 400V and 230 volt distribution assets One MW = 1000 kW or one million watts One MWh = 1000 kilowatt hours National Electricity Rules Distribution line connecting a sub-transmission asset to either other distribution lines that are not subtransmission lines, or to distribution assets that are not sub-transmission assets Any part of the power system which operates to deliver electricity from the transmission system to the distribution network and which may form part of the distribution network, including zone substations Consists of 132kV, 66 kV and 33 kV assets A volt is the unit of potential or electrical pressure A measurement of the power present when a current of one ampere flows under a potential of one volt 173 | 2014 Distribution Annual Planning Report | December 2014